# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# 
# Translators:
# Benjamin Frantzen, 2015
# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2015
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2016
# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2016
# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2015
# Martin Trigaux, 2016
# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2015
# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2016
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-22 12:23+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"

#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "Inventaire"

#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "Codes à barre"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
msgid "Daily Operations"
msgstr "Opérations Journalières"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?"
msgstr "Comment réaliser un ajustement d'inventaire avec des codes à barres ?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid "From the Barcode application:"
msgstr "Depuis l'application code-barre :"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7
msgid "Click on **Inventory**"
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Inventaire**"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12
msgid ""
"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or"
" use the keyboard to set the quantity)."
msgstr "Scannez tous les articles (Si vous avez 5 articles identiques, scannez-les 5 fois, ou utilisez le clavier pour préciser la quantité)."

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the "
"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; "
"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20
msgid ""
"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders?"
msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison ?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on "
"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
"scan products directly)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10
msgid "Process printed delivery orders:"
msgstr "Traiter les ordres de livraison imprimés:"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12
msgid ""
"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15
msgid ""
"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the "
"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19
msgid ""
"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the "
"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily "
"accessible, visible or is missing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24
msgid ""
"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to "
"finish the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30
msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32
msgid ""
"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33
msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37
msgid ""
"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40
msgid ""
"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right "
"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
msgid "How to do an internal transfer?"
msgstr "Comment faire un transfert interne ?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:"
msgstr "Dans Odoo, il y a deux types de transferts internes :"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7
msgid ""
"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10
msgid ""
"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area "
"of the dashboard)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13
msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:"
msgstr "Pour faire un transfert Interne :"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15
msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**"
msgstr "Depuis l'accueil de l'application code-barre, scanner l**'emplacement source**"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17
msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19
msgid "Scan the **destination location**"
msgstr "Scanner l'**emplacement destination**"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21
msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?"
msgstr "Comment traiter des lots et des numéros de série avec des codes à barres ?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and "
"outgoing deliveries:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10
msgid ""
"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan "
"the lots/serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13
msgid ""
"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate"
" one automatically"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16
msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18
msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid ""
"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time "
"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one "
"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept "
"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32
msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37
msgid ""
"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each"
" product (you can also use the keyboard)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43
msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3
msgid "How to process incoming receipts?"
msgstr "Comment traiter des livraisons entrantes ?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work "
"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
"scan products directly)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10
msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the "
"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20
msgid ""
"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product "
"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, "
"visible or is missing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28
msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30
msgid ""
"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first "
"one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35
msgid ""
"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38
msgid ""
"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right "
"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
msgid "Example"
msgstr "Exemple"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44
msgid "Open operation interface."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49
msgid "Scan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54
msgid ""
"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse "
"and keyboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Configuration"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr "Configurer votre scanner de code à barres"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
msgid ""
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
msgid ""
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
msgid ""
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
"be configured to be so."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "Disposition du clavier"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
msgid ""
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?"
msgstr "Comment activer les codes à barres dans Odoo ?"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
msgid "Set products barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also"
" be accessed via the planner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
msgid ""
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
"them)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu "
"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 "
"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
"paper."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
msgid ""
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:52
msgid "Barcode formats"
msgstr "Formats de code-barre"

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two "
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
"your own barcode format for internal use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3
msgid "Warehouse Management"
msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3
msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
msgstr "Ajustement des stocks"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3
msgid "How to make the initial inventory?"
msgstr "Comment faire l'inventaire initial ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to "
"keep the inventory right."
msgstr "Une des plus importantes caractéristiques d'un logiciel de gestion d'entrepôt est de garder l'inventaire à jour."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8
msgid ""
"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial "
"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in "
"the right locations."
msgstr "Une fois que vos articles ont été définis, il est temps de faire l'inventaire initial. Vous refléterez la réalité en inventoriant les bonnes quantités aux bons endroits."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
msgid "Product Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration d'article"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the "
"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable."
msgstr "Dans le module d'inventaire, ouvrez :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Articles`, puis cliquez sur **Créer** pour créer un nouvel article. Configurez le type d'article à **Produit stockable**, pas à consommable."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23
msgid "Start the initial inventory"
msgstr "Démarrer l'inventaire initial"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26
msgid "Update the product quantity for one product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have"
" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button."
msgstr "Dans l'article que vous venez de créer, vous pouvez voir dans les boutons en haut que nous avons 0 produit en stock. Cliquez sur le lien **Mettre à jour le stock disponible**."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31
msgid ""
"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity"
" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr "Une nouvelle fenêtre apparaît. Dans le champ **Nouvelle quantité disponible**, saisissez la quantité de produit que vous détenez actuellement en stock, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39
msgid ""
"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to "
"set the location of your product from this screen."
msgstr "si vous utilisez plusieurs emplacements dans votre entrepôt, vous serez en mesure de définir l'emplacement de votre produit dans cet écran."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42
msgid ""
"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated."
msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant voir dans le bouton En stock que la quantité a été mise à jour."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**"
" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" "
"has automatically been created and validated by the system."
msgstr "Maintenant, si vous vérifiez les **Ajustements de stock** dans le menu **Gestion des stocks**, vous verrez qu'une nouvelle ligne nommée \"INV:(nom de votre produit)\" a été automatiquement créée et validée par le système."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55
msgid "Multiple products at once"
msgstr "Plusieurs produits à la fois"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57
msgid ""
"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable"
" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an "
"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by"
" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory."
msgstr "Créez tous les articles dont vous voulez suivre le stock (comme produits stockables). Une fois que les articles sont définis, utilisez une opération d'inventaire initial pour définir les quantités actuelles par emplacement dans le système. Aller à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Ajustements de stock` pour commencer votre inventaire initial."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63
msgid ""
"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location"
" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as "
"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub"
" (or child) locations."
msgstr "Donnez-lui un nom (par exemple Inventaire initial) et sélectionnez l'emplacement du stock de votre inventaire. Notez que lorsque vous sélectionnez un emplacement parent (comme Stock, qui peut être divisé en sous-emplacements), vous pouvez également sélectionner les sous-emplacements (ou enfants)."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71
msgid ""
"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or "
"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option."
msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir de faire un inventaire de tous les produits, de quelques-uns ou d'un seul. Dans cet exemple, nous choisissons l'option **Tous les produits**."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79
msgid ""
"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the "
"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, "
"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period "
"field. The accounting module needs to be installed."
msgstr "Si vous avez besoin de faire votre valorisation de stock pour une période différente de celle correspondant à la date de fin d'inventaire, saisissez la période comptable correspondante dans le champ Forcer la date comptable. Le module de comptabilité doit être installé."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84
msgid ""
"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you"
" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products "
"manually by clicking on **Add an item**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton **Inventaire de départ**. Selon le type d'inventaire que vous avez choisi (tous les produits ou une sélection), vous pourriez avoir à ajouter des articles manuellement en cliquant sur **Ajouter un élément**."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88
msgid ""
"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product."
msgstr "Saisissez la **Quantité réelle** de chaque article en stock."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92
msgid ""
"additional information will be available according to the options you "
"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)."
msgstr "des informations supplémentaires seront disponibles selon les options que vous avez activées (multi-emplacements, numéro de série, stocks consignés)."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98
msgid ""
"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post "
"it."
msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton **Valider l'inventaire** pour confirmer l'inventaire et le publier."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "Rapports"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104
msgid ""
"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
"Products`, and click on the **list button**:"
msgstr "Pour vérifier le stock actuel, allez à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Articles`, et cliquez sur le **bouton de vue en liste** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?"
msgstr "Comment choisir entre des règles de stock minimum et l'approvisionnement à la commande ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but "
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
"delivery strategies."
msgstr "Les règles de **Stock Minimum** et d'**Approvisionnement à la commande** ont des conséquences similaires, mais des règles différentes. Elles doivent être utilisés en fonction de vos stratégies de fabrication et de livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "Terminologie"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
msgstr "Règle de stock minimum"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
msgid ""
"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the "
"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr "Les règles de **Stock Minimum** sont utilisées pour être surs d'avoir toujours des matières premières en stock afin de fabriquer vos articles et/ou de répondre aux besoins de vos clients. Lorsque le niveau de stock d'un article atteint son minimum, le système génère automatiquement un approvisionnement avec la quantité nécessaire pour atteindre le niveau de stock maximum."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
msgid ""
"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the "
"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will "
"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase "
"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr "La fonction **Approvisionnement à la commande** déclenchera une **Commande Fournisseur** de la quantité de la **Commande Client** relative à l'article. Le système ne vérifiera **pas** la quantité déjà en stock. Cela signifie qu'une commande forunisseur à l'état brouillon sera générée, indépendamment de la quantité en stock de l'article."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
msgstr "Règles de stock minimum"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35
msgid ""
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the "
"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock "
"values for a given product."
msgstr "La configuration des Règles de Stock Minimum est disponible via le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des stocks --> Règles de réapprovisionnement`. Là, cliquez sur **Créer** pour définir les valeurs de stock minimum et maximum pour un article donné."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
msgid ""
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr "Ensuite, cliquez sur votre article pour accéder à sa fiche, et dans l'onglet **Inventaire**, n'oubliez pas de sélectionner un fournisseur."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52
msgid ""
"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A "
"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the "
"stock valuation."
msgstr "N'oubliez pas de sélectionner le type d'article correct dans la fiche du produit. Un consommable ne peut pas être stocké, et ne sera donc pas pris en compte dans l'évaluation des stocks."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58
msgid ""
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` "
"(or any other module where products are available)."
msgstr "La configuration de l'Approvisionnement à la commande est disponible sur la fiche article via :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des Stocks --> Articles` (ou depuis tout autre module où les articles sont disponibles)."

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
msgstr "Dans la fiche article, dans l'onglet **Inventaire**, cochez la case **Approvisionnement à la commande**. "

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
msgid "Choice between the two options"
msgstr "Choix entre les deux options"

#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
msgid ""
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr "Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "Ordres de Livraisons"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
msgstr "Comment puis-je annuler un ordre de livraison"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
msgstr "Odoo vous permet d'annuler un ordre de livraison, qu'il ait été validé trop vite, ou qu'il doive être modifié, ou pour toute autre raison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
msgid ""
"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your "
"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
"any bad surprise."
msgstr "Certains transporteurs sont plus souples que d'autres, alors assurez-vous d'annuler votre ordre de livraison le plus rapidement possible, de sorte que vous n'ayez pas de mauvaise surprise."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
msgid "Sale process"
msgstr "Processus de vente"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
msgstr "Allez dans le module **Ventes**, cliquez sur **Ventes** puis sur **Bons de commande**. Puis cliquez sur la commande que vous voulez annuler."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
msgid ""
"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
"order."
msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton **Livraison**, dans le coin en haut à droite de la commande."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
msgid ""
"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the "
"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
" cancel the delivery."
msgstr "Maintenant, cliquez sur l'onglet **Informations additionnelles** et vous verrez qu'à coté du champ **Référence de suivi du transporteur**, il y a un bouton **Annuler**. Cliquer sur ce bouton pour annuler la livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
msgid ""
"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
msgstr "Pour vous assurez que votre livraison est annulée, vérifiez dans l'historique, vous recevrez une confirmation de l'annulation."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
msgstr "Comment puis-je restreindre une méthode de livraison à certains pays ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
"limit them to a certain number of countries."
msgstr "Avec Odoo, vous avez différents types de méthodes de livraison, et vous pouvez les limiter à un certain nombre de pays."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on "
"**Delivery Methods**."
msgstr "Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, cliquez sur **Configuration** puis sur **Méthodes de livraison**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
msgid ""
"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
msgstr "Sélectionnez la méthode de livraison que vous voulez modifier, ou créez-en une nouvelle."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
msgid ""
"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
"this delivery method."
msgstr "Dans l'onglet **Destination**, choisissez les pays auxquels vous voulez appliquer cette méthode de livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
msgstr "Maintenant que cela est fait, allons voir le résultat."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered "
"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you "
"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
msgstr "Si vous allez sur le site web, et que vous essayez d'acheter quelque chose, une fois que vous avez saisi les détails et que vous procédez au paiement, le site web vous proposera seulement les méthodes de livraison qui s'appliquent à votre adresse de livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
msgid ""
"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale "
"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
msgstr "Ce processus ne fonctionne que via le site web. Nous supposons que lorsque vous créez une commande client, vous savez quelle méthode de livraison vous pouvez utiliser puisque vous les avez créées."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid ""
"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?"
msgstr "Comment envoyer des articles aux clients directement par les fournisseurs (livraison directe) ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
msgid "What is drop-shipping?"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
msgid ""
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-"
"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, "
"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore,"
" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
msgstr "La livraison directe est un système qui permet à des commandes prises dans votre magasin, d'être expédiés directement par votre fournisseur à votre client. Dans un système de livraison habituel, les produits sont envoyés par votre fournisseur à votre entrepôt pour être stockés, puis expédiés à vos clients après la commande. Avec la livraison directe, aucun article n'est stocké. Quand un client passe une commande dans votre boutique, l'article est livré directement du fournisseur au client. Par conséquent, le produit n'a pas besoin de passer par votre entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18
msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping"
msgstr "Points à prendre en considération lors de la mise en place de la livraison directe"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20
msgid ""
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that "
"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of"
" space in your warehouse."
msgstr "Utilisez la livraison directe seulement pour les produits que vous ne pouvez pas, ou ne voulez pas, garder en stock. Une raison est que vous ferez toujours de plus petites marges sur les articles qui sont livrés directement, donc vous ne devriez l'utiliser que pour les articles qui prennent beaucoup d'espace dans votre entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25
msgid ""
"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are"
" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the "
"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't"
" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes "
"sense!"
msgstr "La livraison directe est mieux adaptée aux produits de niche. Il y a des risques que les produits qui sont en forte demande soient proposés par de gros fournisseurs à une fraction du prix que vous pouvez facturer, donc utiliser une méthode de transport plus coûteuse ne sera pas judicieux financièrement. Mais si votre produit est unique, alors ça a du sens !"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31
msgid ""
"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies"
" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
msgstr "Pour éviter de mauvaises expériences à vos clients, testez au préalable les entreprises de livraison directe pour vous-même et sélectionnez les meilleures."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34
msgid ""
"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable "
"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it"
" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a"
" tracking number."
msgstr "Assurez-vous que le temps n'est pas contre vous. La livraison directe nécessite un délai raisonnable, sûrement pas plus long que si vous aviez géré tout cela vous-même. De plus, il est agréable de pouvoir fournir à vos clients un numéro de suivi."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39
msgid ""
"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the "
"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that "
"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and"
" that it's subject to availability from a third party."
msgstr "Les articles doivent être disponibles chez votre fournisseur. Il est bon de savoir si le produit que vous vendez est disponible en amont. Si vous ne disposez pas de cette information, informez vos clients que vous ne détenez pas l'article en stock et qu'il est soumis à la disponibilité d'un tiers."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What "
"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
msgstr "Pour plus d'informations et d'idées sur la livraison directe, lisez notre blog `Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe et comment l'utiliser <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50
msgid "Configuring drop-shipping"
msgstr "Configuration de la livraison directe"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go "
"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the"
" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click "
"on **Apply**."
msgstr "Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Settings`. Allez à **Emplacement & Entrepôt**, localisez la rubrique **Livraison directe**et cochez la case **Permettre aux fournisseurs de livrer directement à vos clients**. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales "
"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**."
msgstr "Puis allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Localisez **Routage des commandes** et cochez la case **Choisir des routes spécifiques à chaque ligne de commande (avancé)**. Cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67
msgid ""
"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a "
"supplier to the products you want to dropship."
msgstr "Maintenant, ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Ventes --> Articles`. Ajoutez un fournisseur aux articles que vous voulez livrer directement."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
msgstr "Comment renvoyer des articles directement des clients aux fournisseurs ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
msgid ""
"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products"
" that the route is **Dropshipping**."
msgstr "Créez une **Commande Client** et précisez sur une ligne de commande pour vos articles que la route est **Livraison directe**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for "
"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the "
"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you "
"will see that one shipment has been created."
msgstr "Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Achats --> Achat --> Demande de prix`. La commande fournisseur brouillon est automatiquement créée par l'approvisionnement avec la route livraison directe. Une fois que la commande est confirmée, vous verrez qu'une expédition a été créée."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90
msgid ""
"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to "
"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the "
"dropship card."
msgstr "Pour confirmer l'envoi du fournisseur au client, revenez dans l'application **Inventaire**. Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **# A RECEVOIR** de la fiche kanban Livraison directe."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once"
" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to "
"the customer without transiting to your warehouse."
msgstr "Cela va ouvrir la liste des transferts en livraison directe. Validez le transfert une fois qu'il a été réalisé. Les articles seront directement livrés du fournisseur au client sans passer par votre entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103
msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr "Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les ordres de livraison ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
msgid ""
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr "En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous vendez, la taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de commandes que vous enregistrez chaque jour... la façon dont vous gérez les livraisons clients peut beaucoup varier."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr "Odoo vous permet de gérer les expéditions depuis votre entrepôt de 3 manières différentes :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
msgstr "**Une seule étape (expédition)**: Expédition directe du stock"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
msgid ""
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
msgstr "**Deux étapes (prélèvement + expédition)**: Amener les marchandises à l'emplacement en sortie de stock avant expédition"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
msgstr "**Trois étapes (prélèvement + emballage + expédition)**: Réaliser le colisage à un emplacement dédié, puis amener les colis en sortie de stock pour expédition"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
msgid ""
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
"to handle orders very quickly."
msgstr "Pour les entreprises ayant un assez petit entrepôt et qui ne nécessitent pas un stock élevé d'articles, ou qui ne vendent pas de produits périssables, une expédition en une étape est la solution la plus simple, car elle ne nécessite pas beaucoup de configuration, et elle permet de gérer les commandes très rapidement."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
msgid ""
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
msgstr "L'utilisation de méthodes d'inventaire telles que FIFO, LIFO et FEFO nécessite d'avoir au moins deux étapes pour gérer une expédition. La méthode de prélèvement sera déterminée par la stratégie de retrait, et les articles prélevés seront ensuite expédiés au client. Cette méthode est également appropriée si vous gérez des stocks importants, surtout si les articles que vous avez en stock sont de grande taille."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
msgid ""
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
msgstr "Le système en trois étapes est utile dans des situations plus spécifiques, en particulier pour le traitement des stocks très importants. Les articles sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où ils sont regroupés par zone de destination, puis chargés dans les camions pour la livraison finale aux clients."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
msgid "One step flow"
msgstr "Circuit en une étape"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`one_step`"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
msgid "Two steps flow"
msgstr "Circuit en deux étapes"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`two_steps`"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
msgid "Three steps flow"
msgstr "Circuit en trois étapes"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`three_steps`"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
msgstr "Comment puis-je changer le type d'étiquette ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
"delivery."
msgstr "Avec Odoo, vous pouvez choisir entre différents types d'étiquettes pour vos ordres de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type d'étiquette appropriée à votre livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
" methods**."
msgstr "Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** et cliquez sur **Méthodes de livraison**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
msgstr "Choisissez une méthode de livraison, puis cliquez sur **Modifier**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr "Dans l'onglet **Prix**, sous **Etiquettes Fedex de type stock**, vous pouvez choisir l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. Les types disponibles varient selon le transporteur."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
"you create a new sale order."
msgstr "Une fois que c'est fait, vous pouvez voir le résultat en allant dans le module Ventes et en créant une nouvelle commande client."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
msgid ""
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
msgstr "Dès que vous confirmerez la vente et validerez la livraison avec le transporteur pour lequel vous avez modifié le type d'étiquette, l'étiquette apparaîtra dans votre historique."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
msgid ""
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
msgstr "Le type d'étiquette par défaut est Letter, et si vous choisissez par exemple le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?"
msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en une étape (expédition) ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
msgstr "Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15
msgid ""
"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are "
"configured to be directly delivered from the stock."
msgstr "Il n'y a pas de configuration nécessaire. Les expéditions par défaut sont configurées pour être livrées directement depuis le stock."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18
msgid ""
"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping "
"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` "
"and edit the concerned warehouse."
msgstr "Toutefois, si le routage avancé est activé et que vous définissez une autre configuration d'expédition sur votre entrepôt, vous pourrez revenir à la configuration de livraison en une seule étape. Aller à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifier l'entrepôt concerné."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship "
"Only)**"
msgstr "Configurez l'option Expéditions à **Expédition directe depuis le stock (en 1 étape)**"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
msgstr "Créez une commande client"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to "
"deliver."
msgstr "Créer une commande client (du devis à la commande) avec quelques articles à livrer."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35
msgid ""
"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in "
"the **stat button** above the sales order."
msgstr "Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``1` livraison associée à cette commande client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41
msgid ""
"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your "
"picking."
msgstr "Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **1 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir votre opération de stock."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88
msgid "Process a Delivery"
msgstr "Traiter une livraison"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery "
"Orders** kanban card."
msgstr "Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A FAIRE** dans la fiche kanban **Livraisons**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process."
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
"**customer**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58
msgid ""
"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the "
"product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page, ce qui indique que la commande a été expédiée au client."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
msgstr "Comment pouvez-vous changer le type d'emballage sur votre bon de commande client ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and "
"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the "
"order."
msgstr "Odoo vous permet de changer le type d'emballage par défaut, et d'adapter l'emballage comme vous le souhaitez, en fonction du poids de la commande."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on "
"**Settings**."
msgstr "Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** puis cliquez sur **Configuration**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used "
"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr "Dans :menuselection:`Traçabilité --> Colis`, cochez **Enregister les paquets à utiliser: palettes, boîtes, ...**"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24
msgid "*Sale process*"
msgstr "*Processus de vente*"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26
msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**."
msgstr "Dans le module **Ventes**, allez dans **Ventes** et cliquez sur  **Bons de commande**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28
msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**."
msgstr "Créez votre nouvelle commande client, et **Confirmer la vente**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33
msgid ""
"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be "
"redirected to the Delivery order."
msgstr "Une fois que vous aurez confirmé la Vente, vous devrez cliquer sur **Livraison** pour être redirigé vers l'ordre de Livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36
msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Modifier**, et vous pouvez maintenant changer l'emballage."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the "
"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in "
"Pack**."
msgstr "Dans l'onglet **Opérations**, dans la dernière colonne, changez le **0** et saisissez le nombre d'articles que vous voulez emballer ensemble. Puis cliquez sur **Ajouter au colis**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48
msgid ""
"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight"
" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you "
"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**."
msgstr "Choisissez le type d'emballage que vous souhaitez. Vous pouvez aussi voir que le poids à été adapté à votre colisage, et vous pouvez le changer manuellement si vous voulez être plus précis. Puis cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52
msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack."
msgstr "Répétez l'opération jusqu'à ce que tous les produits soient mis dans des colis."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54
msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery."
msgstr "Pour finir, cliquer sur **Valider** pour confirmer la livraison."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3
msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?"
msgstr "Comment la date de livraison prévue est-elle calculée ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5
msgid ""
"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo "
"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
msgstr "Les dates prévues sont calculées afin de pouvoir planifier les livraisons, réceptions et ainsi de suite. En tenant compte des habitudes de votre entreprise, Odoo génère automatiquement les dates prévues via le planificateur. Le planificateur Odoo calcule tout par ligne, que ce soit pour un ordre de fabrication, un bon de livraison, une commande client, etc. Les dates calculées dépendent des délais qui sont configurés dans Odoo."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13
msgid "Configuring lead times"
msgstr "Configuration des délais de mise en œuvre"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
msgid ""
"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute "
"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
msgstr "La configuration des **délais d'exécution** est une première étape essentielle pour pouvoir calculer les dates prévues. Les délais d'exécution sont les délais (en terme de livraison, la fabrication, ...) promis à vos différents partenaires et/ou clients."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
msgstr "La configuration des différents délais d'exécution se fait comme suit :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22
msgid "At a product level"
msgstr "Au niveau article"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24
msgid "**Supplier lead time**:"
msgstr "**Délai fournisseur** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26
msgid ""
"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To "
"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the "
"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to"
" select a supplier lead time."
msgstr "C'est le temps nécessaire au fournisseur pour livrer votre article acheté. Pour configurer le délai fournisseur, sélectionnez un article et allez dans l'onglet **Inventaire**. Vous devrez ajouter un fournisseur à votre article pour pouvoir définir un délai fournisseur."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35
msgid ""
"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus "
"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
msgstr "Notez qu'il est possible d'ajouter différents fournisseurs et donc différents délais de livraison en fonction du fournisseur."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38
msgid ""
"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead "
"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery"
" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead "
"Time**."
msgstr "Une fois qu'un fournisseur est sélectionné, il suffit d'ouvrir sa fiche et de saisir son **Délai de livraison**. Dans ce cas, les jours de sécurité n'ont aucune influence, les jours de livraison prévue seront égaux à : **Date** de la commande fournisseur + **Délai de Livraison**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46
msgid "**Customer lead time**:"
msgstr "**Délai client** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48
msgid ""
"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / "
"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply "
"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead "
"time**."
msgstr "Le délai client est le temps nécessaire pour transférer votre article de votre magasin/entrepôt chez votre client. Il peut être configuré pour tout article. Sélectionnez un article, allez dans l'onglet Ventes, et indiquez votre **Délai client**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:"
msgstr "**Délai de fabrication** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58
msgid ""
"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**"
" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the "
"product."
msgstr "Sur la même page, il est également possible de configurer le **Délai de Fabrication**. Le délai de fabrication est le temps nécessaire pour la fabrication de l'article."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63
msgid ""
"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to "
"create manufacturing routes."
msgstr "N'oubliez pas de cocher la case Produire dans l'onglet Inventaire si vous voulez créer des routes de fabrication."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67
msgid "At the company level"
msgstr "Au niveau société"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69
msgid ""
"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to "
"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case "
"of delays."
msgstr "Au niveau société, il est possible de configurer des **jours de sécurité**, afin de faire face à des retards éventuels et pour être sûr de respecter vos engagements. L'idée est de sosutraire ces **jours de réserve** de la **date prévue calculée** en cas de retard."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74
msgid "**Sales Safety days**:"
msgstr "**Jours de Sécurité à la Vente** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76
msgid ""
"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery "
"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to "
"keep your commitment."
msgstr "Les jours de sécurité à la vente sont des jours de **réserve** pour être sûr de livrer vos clients à temps. Ils représentent les marges d'erreurs sur les délais de livraison. Les jours de sécurité suivent la même logique que les débuts de la montre-bracelet : arriver à l'heure. L'idée est de soustraire le nombre de jours de sécurité du calcul, et donc de calculer une date prévue antérieure à celle que vous avez promis à votre client. De cette façon, vous êtes sûr de respecter vos engagements."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
msgstr "Pour configurer vos dates de sécurité, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres Généraux` et cliquez sur **Configurer les données de la société**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number "
"of safety days."
msgstr "Une fois que le menu est ouvert, allez dans l'onglet de configuration et indiquez le nombre de jours de sécurité."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93
msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:"
msgstr "**Jours de sécurité à l'Achat** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95
msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days."
msgstr "Les jours de sécurité à l'achat suivent la même logique que les jours de sécurité à la vente."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97
msgid ""
"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many "
"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can "
"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days"
msgstr "Ils représentent les marges d'erreur sur les délais fournisseur. Lorsque le système génère des commandes fournisseur pour l'acquisition d'articles, elles seront planifiées quelques jours plus tôt que nécessaire pour faire face à des retards fournisseurs inattendus. Le délai d'achat se trouve dans le même menu que les jours de sécurité à la vente."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106
msgid ""
"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from "
"here."
msgstr "Notez que vous pouvez également configurer ici un délai de Fabrication par défaut."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110
msgid "At route level"
msgstr "Au niveau routage"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112
msgid ""
"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks"
" can also influence the computed date."
msgstr "Les transferts internes qu'un article peut faire à cause des mouvements de stock peuvent aussi avoir un impact sur la date calculée."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115
msgid ""
"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** "
"app when creating a new push rule in a route."
msgstr "Les délais dus aux transferts internes peuvent être définis dans l'application **Inventaire**, lors de la création d'une nouvelle règle de flux poussé dans une route."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118
msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay."
msgstr "Allez dans la section Règles de flux poussé dans la fiche d'une route pour définir un délai."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124
msgid "At sale order level:"
msgstr "Au niveau commande client :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126
msgid "**Requested date**:"
msgstr "**Date demandée** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128
msgid ""
"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by "
"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this"
" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically"
" display a warning."
msgstr "Odoo permet de préciser la date demandée par le client en l'indiquant dans l'onglet Autres informations de la commande client. Si la date est antérieure à la date calculée théorique, Odoo affichera automatiquement une alerte."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139
msgid ""
"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
"on your configuration:"
msgstr "A titre d'exemple, vous pouvez vendre une voiture aujourd'hui (1er Janvier), qui est achetée à la commande, et vous promettez de livrer votre client dans un délai de 20 jours (20 janvier). Dans un tel scénario, le planificateur peut déclencher les événements suivants, en fonction de votre configuration :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144
msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
msgstr "19 Janvier : date de livraison réelle (1 jour de Sécurité à la Vente)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146
msgid ""
"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
msgstr "18 Janvier : réception de l'article de votre fournisseur (1 jour de sécurité à l'Achat)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149
msgid ""
"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
"lead time)"
msgstr "10 janvier : date limite pour passer la commande fournisseur (9 jours de délai fournisseur)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152
msgid ""
"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
msgstr "8 Janvier : déclencher une demande d'achat à votre équipe d'achat, puisqu'elle a besoin en moyenne de 2 jours pour trouver le bon fournisseur et commander."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?"
msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en trois étapes (collecte + emballage + expédition) ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available,"
" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that "
"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps "
"before shipping."
msgstr "Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de livraison. Toutefois, ce processus peut ne pas refléter la réalité et votre entreprise peut nécessiter plusieurs étapes avant l'expédition."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14
msgid ""
"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are "
"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of "
"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the "
"customers."
msgstr "Avec le processus **trois étapes**  (**Préparation + Emballage + Expédition**), les articles sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où ils seront assemblés par zone de destination, et rassemblés dans des camions de livraison afin d'être livrés aux clients."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19
msgid ""
"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack"
" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by "
"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's "
"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called "
"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``."
msgstr "Quelques étapes de configuration sont nécessaires afin d'accomplir les opérations **Préparation + Emballage + Expédition**. Ces étapes créent des emplacements supplémentaires, qui sont appelées par défaut **Zone Expédition** et **Zone Emballage**. Ainsi, si votre code d'entrepôt est ``WH`, cette configuration créera un emplacement appelé ``WH/Zone Expédition`` et un autre appelé ``WH/Zone Emballage``. "

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25
msgid ""
"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. "
"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be"
" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**."
msgstr "Les marchandises sont transférées de **WH/Stock** vers **WH/Zone Emballage** dans la première étape. Puis de **WH/Zone Emballage** vers **WH/Zone Expédition**. Finalement elles seront livrées de **WH/Zone Expédition** vers leur **destination finale**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25
msgid ""
"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the "
"correct method for your needs."
msgstr "Consultez :doc:`inventory_flow` pour vérifier si ce circuit de stock est celui qui correspond à vos besoins."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37
msgid "Install the Inventory module"
msgstr "Installez le module Inventaire"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39
msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module."
msgstr "Depuis le menu **Applications**, recherchez et installez le module **Inventaire**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales"
" orders."
msgstr "Vous devrez aussi installer le module **Ventes** pour pouvoir passer des commandes client."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48
msgid "Allow managing routes"
msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50
msgid ""
"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a"
" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link "
"the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr "Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par des **routes**. Les routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`"
msgstr "Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio "
"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the "
"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well."
msgstr "Dans :menuselection:`Emplacement & Entrepôt --> Routes`, cochez le bouton radio **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des règles**. Vérifiez que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est également activée."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64
msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship"
msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Emballage + Expédition"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse "
"that will be used."
msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt qui sera utilisé."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated "
"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + "
"Ship).**"
msgstr "Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Faire les colis à un emplacement dédié, puis les amener à l'emplacement de sortie pour expédition (prélèvement + colisage + expédition)**"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77
msgid "Create a Sale Order"
msgstr "Créez une commande client"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
msgid ""
"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to "
"deliver."
msgstr "Depuis le module **Ventes**, créez une commande client avec quelques articles à expédier."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81
msgid ""
"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
"the **stat button** above the sales order."
msgstr "Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``3` livraisons associées à cette commande client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
msgstr "Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations de stock différentes :"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89
msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process,"
msgstr "La première avec une référence **PICK** pour l'opération de prélèvement"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91
msgid ""
"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process,"
msgstr "La seconde avec une référence **PACK** qui est l'opération de colisage,"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93
msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process."
msgstr "La dernière avec une référence **OUT** pour l'opération d'expédition."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91
msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?"
msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape de Préparation ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104
msgid ""
"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and "
"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
msgstr "Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche kanban **Préparation**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101
msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Réserver** pour réserver les produits s'ils sont disponibles."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing"
" Zone**."
msgstr "Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers **WH/Zone Empaquetage**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116
msgid ""
"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the "
"product available for the next step (Packing)."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Packing Zone**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Emballage)."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122
msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?"
msgstr "Comment traiter l'Etape d'Emballage ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**"
" kanban card."
msgstr "Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A TRANSFERER** dans la fiche kanban **Emballage**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to "
"**WH/Output**."
msgstr "Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Zone Empaquetage** vers **WH/Sortie**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135
msgid ""
"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the "
"product available for the next step (Shipping)."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'étape de colisage, et le WH/PACK doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a été transféré de l'emplacement **WH/Packing Zone** à l'emplacement **WH/Output**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111
msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?"
msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape d'Expédition ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the "
"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers le **client** (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées dans la colonne **A Faire**)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155
msgid ""
"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show "
"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a été expédiée au client."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en deux étapes (collecte + expédition) ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are "
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen "
"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order"
" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for "
"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped."
msgstr "Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de livraison. Toutefois, votre entreprise a peut-être plusieurs étapes avant l'expédition. Dans le circuit **deux étapes**, les articles de l'ordre de livraison sont **prélévés** dans l'entrepôt et amenés à un **emplacement de sortie** pour **expédition**. Les marchandises sont ensuite expédiées."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few "
"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, "
"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is "
"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. "
"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step "
"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the "
"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32
msgid "Allow management of routes"
msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34
msgid ""
"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes "
"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we "
"will chain the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr "Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par les **routes**. Les routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr "Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40
msgid ""
"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is"
" checked."
msgstr "Assurez-vous que le bouton radio **Routage avancé des article en utilisant des règles** est coché."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46
msgid ""
"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to "
"check the radio button above)."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** en haut de la page pour sauvegarder les modifications (si vous avez du cocher le bouton radio ci-dessus)."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50
msgid ""
"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may "
"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't "
"activated beforehand."
msgstr "Si vous avez coché l'option **Routage avancé des produits en utilisant des règles**, vous devrez peut-être activer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** si cela n'avait pas été activé au préalable."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55
msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship"
msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Expédition"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57
msgid ""
"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used."
msgstr "Pour configurer un mouvement **Préparation + Expédition**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt qui sera utilisé."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61
msgid ""
"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location "
"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**"
msgstr "Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Apporter les marchandises à l'emplacement de sortie avant l'expédition (préparation + expédition)**"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70
msgid ""
"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with "
"some products to deliver."
msgstr "Installez le module **Ventes** si nécessaire, et créez une commande client avec quelques articles à expédier."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73
msgid ""
"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order."
msgstr "Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``2` livraisons associées à cette commande client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79
msgid ""
"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two "
"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking "
"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping "
"process."
msgstr "Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **2 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir deux opérations de stock différentes, une avec une référence **PICK** pour l'opération de préparation, et une autre avec une référence **OUT** pour l'opération d'expédition."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93
msgid ""
"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and "
"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
msgstr "Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche kanban **Préparation**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to "
"**WH/Output**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers **WH/Output**."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105
msgid ""
"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show"
" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product "
"**available for the next step** (Shipping)."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Output**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)."

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities "
"listed in the **To Do** column)"
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers le client (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées dans la colonne **A Faire**)"

#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125
msgid ""
"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show"
" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a été expédiée au client."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr "Livraisons Entrantes"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
msgstr "Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les réceptions ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
msgid ""
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr "En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous réceptionnez, la taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de réceptions que vous réalisez chaque jour... la façon dont vous gérez les réceptions fournisseurs peut beaucoup varier."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr "Odoo vous permet de traiter les réceptions dans votre entrepôt de 3 façons différentes :"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
msgstr "**Une étape** : Marchandises reçues directement en stock"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
msgstr "**Deux étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis aller en stock"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
msgid ""
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
"before being admitted in stock."
msgstr "**Trois étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
msgid ""
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
msgstr "Odoo utilise des **routes** pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer les différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de l'entrepôt. En standard, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
msgid "The principles are the following:"
msgstr "Les principes sont les suivants :"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
msgstr "**Une étape** : vous réceptionnez les marchandises directement dans votre stock"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
msgstr "**Deux étapes** : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant que les marchandises ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas disponibles pour un traitement ultérieur."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
" goods receipt process can become essential."
msgstr "**Trois étapes** : Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire d'évaluer les marchandises reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les produits correspondent aux exigences de qualité convenues avec les fournisseurs. Ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de réception des marchandises devient alors essentiel."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
msgid ""
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
"return the quantity that is not good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
msgstr "Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des marchandises ? (3 étapes)"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is "
"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed "
"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods "
"receipt process can become essential."
msgstr "Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire d'évaluer les marchandises reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les produits correspondent aux exigences de qualité convenues avec les fournisseurs. Par conséquent, l'ajout d'une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de réception des marchandises devient essentiel."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default,"
" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can "
"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
msgstr "Odoo utilise des routes pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer les différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de l'entrepôt. Par défaut, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then"
" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check"
" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you"
" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is "
"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good."
msgstr "Le flux en 3 étapes est comme suit : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez dans une zone qualité pour le contrôle. Quand le contrôle qualité a été réalisé, vous pouvez transférer les marchandises de la zone qualité au stock. Bien sûr, vous pouvez changer les quantités et seulement transférer dans le stock la quantité d'articles conformes, et décider de renvoyer les articles non conformes."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18
msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document."
msgstr "C'est celui qui est expliqué dans ce document."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24
msgid "Use advanced routes"
msgstr "Utilisez des routages avancés"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is "
"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
msgstr "Assurez-vous que l'option **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des règles** est cochée, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour sauvegarder les modifications."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42
msgid ""
"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked."
msgstr "Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est également cochée."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?"
msgstr "Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des marchandises ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` "
"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods."
msgstr "Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de réception."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive "
"goods directly into stock**)."
msgstr "Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape (**Marchandises reçues directement en stock**). "

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54
msgid ""
"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick "
"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being "
"admitted in stock (3 steps)**."
msgstr "Pour ajouter le contrôle qualité avant le transfert des marchandises en stock, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock (3 étapes)**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
msgid "How to control a receipt?"
msgstr "Comment contrôler une réception ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65
msgid "How to process the receipt step ?"
msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de réception ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67
msgid ""
"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the "
"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related"
" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. "
"This is the receipt step."
msgstr "Dans le module **Achats**, créez une **Demande de prix**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une **Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur dans le bouton en haut de la fiche de la commande. C'est l'étape de réception."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the "
"**Receipts** card."
msgstr "Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR** dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to "
"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de l'emplacement **Fournisseur** vers **WH/Input**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the "
"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from"
" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product "
"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)"
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'étape de réception**, et la ligne d'état en haut de la page pour **WH/IN** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement **WH/Input**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Transfert dans la zone de contrôle qualité)"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89
msgid ""
"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?"
msgstr "Comment transférer vos articles de la zone de réception à la zone de contrôle qualité ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91
msgid ""
"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer "
"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to "
"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the "
"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality"
" Control**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104
msgid ""
"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the "
"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now "
"ready to be controlled."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et la ligne d'état en haut de la page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article est maintenant prêt a être contrôlé."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109
msgid "How to to process the quality control ?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111
msgid ""
"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to "
"process the quality control."
msgstr "Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur le lien **# Transferts** dans la fiche kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118
msgid ""
"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the "
"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur la dernière opération de stock à traiter. Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Quality Control** vers **WH/Stock**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121
msgid ""
"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top"
" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been "
"controlled and has moved to your stock."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'étape de contrôle qualité, et la ligne d'état en haut de la page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été contrôlé et transféré dans votre stock."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`two_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)"
msgstr "Comment décharger votre expédition à un emplacement d'entrée ? (2 étapes)"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
msgid ""
"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area "
"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are "
"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further "
"processing."
msgstr "Le flux en 2 étapes est le suivant : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant que les marchandises ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas disponibles pour un traitement ultérieur."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`"
msgstr "Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35
msgid ""
"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also "
"ticked."
msgstr "Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est également cochée."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39
msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?"
msgstr "Comment configurer votre entrepôt ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception "
"methods."
msgstr "Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de réception."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option "
"**Receive goods directly into stock**)."
msgstr "Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape (option **Marchandises reçues directement en stock**)."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2"
" steps)**."
msgstr "Pour ajouter l'étape de contrôle, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis aller en stock (2 étapes)**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?"
msgstr "Comment réceptionner une expédition en 2 étapes ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57
msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?"
msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de Réception ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59
msgid ""
"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on "
"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** "
"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order "
"form view. This is the receipt step."
msgstr "Dans le module Achats, créez une **Demande de prix**, puis cliquez sur le bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une **Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur, dans le bouton en haut de la fiche de la commande fournisseur. C'est l'étape de réception."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67
msgid ""
"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the "
"**Receipts** card."
msgstr "Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR** dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to"
" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert du **Fournisseur** vers **WH/Input**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76
msgid ""
"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The"
" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, "
"which makes the product available for the next step."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'Etape de Réception, et l'opération de stock référencée par **WH/IN**. L'article a été transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement **WH/Input**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
msgstr "Comment transférer la réception en stock ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the "
"quality control."
msgstr "Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur **# Transferts** dans la fiche kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete "
"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter. Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Input** vers **WH/Stock**."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93
msgid ""
"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with "
"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock."
msgstr "Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et l'opération de stock référencée par **WH/INT**.La réception a été transférée dans votre stock."

#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`three_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
msgstr "Lots et Numéros de Série"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduction"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
msgid ""
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
"altogether in one single pack."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
"delivery and after-sales."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
msgid "When to use"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
msgid ""
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
"food."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
" way you manage these products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
msgid "When not to use"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
msgid ""
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
msgstr ":doc:`lots`"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?"
msgstr "Comment gérer des lots d'articles identiques ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots"
" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production "
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the "
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
msgid ""
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
"traceability."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19
msgid "Setting up"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
msgid "Application configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de l'application"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26
msgid ""
"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**"
" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select "
"**Track lots or serial numbers**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
msgid ""
"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select "
"**Manage several locations per warehouse**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42
msgid "Operation types configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44
msgid ""
"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the"
" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Operation Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48
msgid ""
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if"
" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36
msgid ""
"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
msgid "Manage lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49
msgid "Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to "
"input the lot number(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
msgid "Click on the lot icon :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80
msgid ""
"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number "
"and the quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86
msgid ""
"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in "
"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90
msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
msgid "Inventory adjustment"
msgstr "Ajustement des stocks"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83
msgid "Classic inventory by products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
msgid "Inventory of a lot"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87
msgid ""
"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the "
"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105
msgid ""
"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
msgid ""
"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to "
"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just "
"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
msgid "Lots traceability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122
msgid ""
"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122
msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128
msgid ":doc:`differences`"
msgstr ":doc:`differences`"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "How to work with serial numbers?"
msgstr "Comment travailler avec des numéros de série ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8
msgid ""
"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on "
"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with "
"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another "
"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the"
" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last "
"location where the products are moved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24
msgid ""
"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the "
"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
msgid ""
"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51
msgid ""
"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you "
"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to"
" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your "
"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot "
"Split icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
msgid "Click on the serial number icon :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62
msgid ""
"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
msgid ""
"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
"moving those serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81
msgid ""
"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
msgid "Inventory of a serial number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98
msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you "
"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from "
"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
msgid ""
"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they"
" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
"shipped to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115
msgid ""
"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in "
":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the "
"serial number corresponding to your search."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
msgstr "Opérations Diverses"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?"
msgstr "Comment gérer un stock que vous ne possédez pas ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
msgid ""
"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without "
"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**."
msgstr "Certains fournisseurs peuvent parfois vous permettre de stocker et de vendre leurs produits sans que vous ayez à les acheter : cette technique est appelée **Stock consignataire**."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12
msgid ""
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are "
"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an "
"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
msgstr "Le stock consignataire est un excellent moyen pour les fabricants et les fournisseurs pour lancer de nouveaux produits. Comme les revendeurs peuvent être réticents à acheter un produit qu'ils ne sont pas sûrs de pouvoir vendre, le stock consignataire va leur permettre de proposer un article pour vérifier son marché sans devoir d'abord l'acheter."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced "
"settings."
msgstr "Odoo a la capacité de gérer les stocks consignataires à travers les paramètres avancés."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks "
"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr "Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`, et dans la section **Propriétaire du produit** , sélectionnez **Gérer les stocks consignataires (avancé)**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
msgstr "Réception de Stock Consignataire"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34
msgid ""
"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new "
"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** "
"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave"
" it blank if you are the owner."
msgstr "Dans le Tableau de bord de l'Inventaire, ouvrez les **Réceptions** et créez une nouvelle réception. Vous pouvez voir que dans la partie droite de la page, une nouvelle ligne **Propriétaire** est apparue. Vous pouvez spécifier le partenaire qui détient le stock, ou laisser le champ vide si vous êtes le propriétaire."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3
msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?"
msgstr "Comment configurer et lancer des planificateurs ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6
msgid "What is a scheduler"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un planificateur"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8
msgid ""
"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises "
"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on "
"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo "
"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)."
msgstr "Le planificateur est le moteur de calcul qui planifie et priorise la production et les achats automatiquement en fonction des règles définies sur les articles. Par défaut, le planificateur est configuré pour s'exécuter une fois par jour (Odoo crée automatiquement une **Action Planifiée** pour cela)."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14
msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
msgstr "Calcul des besoins / Planification"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16
msgid ""
"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet "
"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, "
"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product."
msgstr "La planification ne valide que les approvisionnements qui sont confirmés, mais pas encore lancés. Ces réservations d'approvisionnement vont elles-mêmes lancer la production, des tâches ou des achats en fonction de la configuration du produit demandé."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21
msgid ""
"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations "
"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or "
"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case "
"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can "
"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first."
msgstr "Vous prenez en compte la priorité des opérations lors du démarrage des réservations et des approvisionnements. Les demandes urgentes, celles avec une date dans le passé, ou celles avec une date antérieure aux autres seront lancées en premier. Dans le cas où il n'y a pas assez de produits en stock pour satisfaire toutes les demandes, vous pouvez être sûr que les demandes les plus urgentes seront produites en premier."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
msgstr "Configurez et lancez le planificateur"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32
msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
msgstr "Lancez le planificateur manuellement"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34
msgid ""
"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and "
"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38
msgid ""
"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler "
"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the "
"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders,"
" deliveries and supplier purchases."
msgstr "Vous pouvez lancer le planificateur manuellement depuis le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Planificateurs --> Lancer les planificateurs`. Le planificateur utilise tous les paramètres pertinents définis pour les produits, les fournisseurs et l'entreprise afin de déterminer les priorités entre les différents ordres de production, de livraison et les commandes fournisseurs."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)"
msgstr "Configurez et lancez le planificateur (seulement pour les utilisateurs avancés)"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50
msgid ""
"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and "
"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
msgstr "Cette fonctionnalité n'est pas visible par défaut. Vous devez activer le **mode debug** pour la voir. Pour activer le mode debug, allez dans :menuselection:`Aide -> A propos` et cliquez sur **Activer le mode développeur**."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the "
"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler "
"configuration."
msgstr "Vous pouvez régler l'heure de lancement du planificateur en modifiant l'action correspondante dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions planifiées`. Modifiez la configuration de \"Run mrp scheduler\"."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
msgid "How to scrap products?"
msgstr "Comment mettre au rebut des produits ?"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8
msgid ""
"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its"
" basic material"
msgstr "Mettre au rebut des déchets qui soit n'ont pas de valeur économique, ou seulement la valeur de leurs matériaux de base valorisables par recyclage."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11
msgid "content recoverable through recycling."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13
msgid ""
"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are "
"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this "
"during picking or physical inventory."
msgstr "Dans votre entrepôt vous trouvez parfois des produits qui sont endommagés ou qui sont inutilisables en raison d'une expiration ou pour une autre raison. Vous remarquez en général cela pendant la collecte ou lors d'un inventaire physique."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17
msgid ""
"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap "
"product."
msgstr "Puisque vous ne pouvez normalement pas vendre ou stocker ces articles, vous devez les mettre au rebut."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20
msgid ""
"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of "
"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area."
msgstr "Lorsque des marchandises sont mises au rebut elles ne sont plus prises en compte dans le système en tant que partie de l'inventaire. Les marchandises mises au rebut seront transférées physiquement dans la zone rebut."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27
msgid ""
"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one "
"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**."
msgstr "Lorsque vous installez la gestion des stocks, Odoo crée automatiquement un emplacement de mise au rebut par défaut, nommé **Virtual location/Scrapped**."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per "
"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr "Pour créer un emplacement de mise au rebut supplémentaire, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`, cochez **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
msgid ""
"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a "
"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management"
" --> Locations.`"
msgstr "Après avoir appliquer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, vous pouvez créer un nouvel emplacement de mise au rebut dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements`."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43
msgid ""
"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on "
"location form view."
msgstr "Pour définir un emplacement de mise au rebut, vous devez cocher **Est un emplacement de rebut ?** sur la fiche de l'emplacement."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
msgid "Different ways to scrap product"
msgstr "Différentes façons de mettre un article au rebut"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49
msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52
msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)."
msgstr "1) Mise au rebut à la Réception (onglet Demande Initiale)."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54
msgid ""
"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Dashboard --> Receipts`."
msgstr "Pour mettre des articles au rebut à la réception, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Réceptions`."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60
msgid ""
"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
"scrap products button."
msgstr "Ouvrez la réception, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le bouton Mettre au rebut."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67
msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ."
msgstr "2) Mettre au rebut à l'expédition (onglet Demande initiale)."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69
msgid ""
"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`"
msgstr "Pour mettre des articles au rebut à l'expédition, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Livraisons`"

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75
msgid ""
"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
msgstr "Ouvrez l'expédition, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82
msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)."
msgstr "3) Mettre au rebut depuis un transfert interne (onglet Demande initiale)."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
msgid ""
"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Dashboard --> Receipts`"
msgstr "Pour mettre des articles au rebut lors d'un transfert interne, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Réceptions`."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
msgid ""
"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
msgstr "Ouvrez le transfert interne, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96
msgid ""
"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the "
"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on "
"**Scrap**."
msgstr "Quand vous cliquez sur le bouton Mettre au rebut, une fenêtre popup apparaît. Vous pouvez saisir la quantité d'articles, et préciser l'emplacement de mise au rebut, puis cliquez sur **Rebut**."

#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
msgid ""
"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
msgstr "Pour permettre de changer d'emplacement de mise au rebut dans l'assistant, vous devez sélectionner l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacement par entrepôt** dans les réglages à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
msgid "Valuation Methods"
msgstr "Méthodes de Valorisation"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5
msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)"
msgstr "Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Anglo-Saxonne)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7
msgid ""
"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance "
"sheet. This implies two main choices:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10
msgid ""
"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. "
"Real Price);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13
msgid ""
"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. "
"Perpetual)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17
msgid "Costing Method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185
msgid "Delta Value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202
msgid "$10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190
msgid "$0"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191
msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194
msgid "+8*$10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195
msgid "$80"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196
msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199
msgid "12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46
msgid "+4*$10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47
msgid "$120"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-10*$10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
msgid "$20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54
msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57
msgid "+2*$10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58
msgid "$40"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct "
"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific "
"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119
msgid "Average Price"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197
msgid "$12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199
msgid "+4*$16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200
msgid "$144"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-10*$12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98
msgid "$24"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207
msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100
msgid "$9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210
msgid "+2*$6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103
msgid "$36"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106
msgid ""
"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order "
"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA"
" (see here attached)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112
msgid ""
"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of"
" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational "
"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost"
" up-to-date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117
msgid ""
"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established "
"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders "
"matters in the cost computation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172
msgid "FIFO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149
msgid "$16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-8*$10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-2*$16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211
msgid "$32"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155
msgid "$11"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158
msgid "$44"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214
msgid ""
"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined "
"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal "
"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory "
"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. "
"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product "
"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the "
"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not "
"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171
msgid ""
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases,"
" Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-4*$16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
msgid "-6*$10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208
msgid "$8"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226
msgid ""
"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it,"
" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in "
"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal "
"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232
msgid ""
"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current"
" quantity in stock * cost price)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237
msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239
msgid ""
"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments "
"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, "
"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the "
"physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244
msgid ""
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
"postings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
msgid "Vendor Bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
msgid "\\"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
msgid "Debit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
msgid "Credit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
msgid "50"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
msgid "4.68"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
msgid "54.68"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
msgid "Configuration:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262
msgid ""
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
"related product (Expense Account field)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265
msgid "Goods Receptions"
msgstr "Réception des marchandises"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
msgid "No Journal Entry"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
msgid "Customer Invoice"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
msgid "100"
msgstr "100"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
msgid "9"
msgstr "9"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
msgid "109"
msgstr "109"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279
msgid ""
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
"product (Income Account field)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
msgid ""
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285
msgid "Customer Shipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294
msgid ""
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298
msgid ""
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301
msgid ""
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
"inventory value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
msgid "X"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319
msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321
msgid ""
"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments "
"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-"
"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. "
"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & "
"testing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328
msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340
msgid "**Configuration:**"
msgstr "**Configuration** :"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
msgid ""
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can"
" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351
msgid ""
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
msgid ""
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
msgid ""
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359
msgid ""
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
"as a specific replacement value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5
msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)"
msgstr "Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Continentale)"

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203
msgid "€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191
msgid "€0"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195
msgid "+8*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196
msgid "€80"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47
msgid "+4*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48
msgid "€120"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-10*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207
msgid "€20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58
msgid "+2*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59
msgid "€40"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198
msgid "€12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200
msgid "+4*€16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201
msgid "€144"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-10*€12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99
msgid "€24"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101
msgid "€9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211
msgid "+2*€6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104
msgid "€36"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150
msgid "€16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-8*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-2*€16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212
msgid "€32"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156
msgid "€11"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159
msgid "€44"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-4*€16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
msgid "-6*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209
msgid "€8"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297
msgid ""
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311
msgid ""
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346
msgid ""
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349
msgid ""
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3
msgid "Main Concepts"
msgstr "Concepts principaux"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management"
msgstr "Gestion des Stocks en Double-Entrée"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
msgid ""
"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of "
"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between"
" locations (possibly virtual)."
msgstr "Un inventaire en double-entrée n'a pas de stock d'entrée, de sortie (disparition des produits) ou de transformation. Au lieu de cela, toutes les opérations sont des mouvements de stock entre des emplacements (éventuellement virtuels)."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "Opérations"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18
msgid ""
"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations."
msgstr "Les mouvements de stock représentent le transit de marchandises et de matériels entre des emplacements."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
msgid "Production Order"
msgstr "Ordre de Fabrication"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24
msgid "Consume:"
msgstr "Consommer :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production"
msgstr "2 Roues : Stock → Production"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production"
msgstr "1 Cadre de Vélo : Stock → production"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26
msgid "Produce:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27
msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Production → Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from"
msgstr "Stock : l'emplacement à partir duquel l'Ordre de Fabrication est lancé"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\""
msgstr "Production : sur la fiche de l'article, le champ \"Lieu de Production\""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
msgid "Drop-shipping"
msgstr "Livraison directe"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33
msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
msgid "Configurarion:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Supplier: on the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
msgid "Client Delivery"
msgstr "Livraison Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39
msgid "Pick"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40
msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone"
msgstr "1 Vélo: Stock → Zone Emballage"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41
msgid "Pack"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42
msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output"
msgstr "1 Vélo: Zone Emballage → Zone Expédition"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
msgid "Shipping"
msgstr "Expédition"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44
msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Sortie → Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer"
msgstr "Transferts inter-entrepôts"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49
msgid "Transfer:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrpôt 1 → Transit"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Transit → Entrepôt 2"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)"
msgstr "Article cassé (mise au rebut)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Rebut"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58
msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60
msgid "Missing products in inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61
msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Perte de Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62
msgid "Extra products in inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63
msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse"
msgstr "1 Inventory Loss: Perte de Stock → Entrepôt"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65
msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
msgid "Reception"
msgstr "Réception"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Entrée"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock"
msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrée → Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75
msgid "Analysis"
msgstr "Analyse"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77
msgid ""
"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of "
"products * product cost)."
msgstr "L'analyse de l'inventaire peut utiliser le nombre d'articles ou la valeur des articles (= nombre d'articles * coût de l'article)."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80
msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:"
msgstr "Pour chaque emplacement de stock, plusieurs données peuvent être analysées :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148
msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules"
msgstr "Achats & Règles d'approvisionnement"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150
msgid ""
"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific"
" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:"
msgstr "Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une quantité spécifique de produits à un endroit précis. Ils peuvent être créés manuellement ou automatiquement déclenchés par :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
msgid "New sale orders"
msgstr "De nouvelles commandes client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "Résultat"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
msgid ""
"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered "
"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)"
msgstr "Un approvisionnement est créé à l'emplacement client pour chaque article commandé par le client (vous devez livrer le client)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160
msgid ""
"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" "
"(property)"
msgstr "Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans la fiche client, dans le champ  **Adresse** (propriété)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
msgid "Minimum Stock Rules"
msgstr "des Règles de stock minimum"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163
msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location."
msgstr "Un approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165
msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\""
msgstr "Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans le formulaire de la règle, dans le champ **Lieu**"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
msgid "Procurement rules"
msgstr "des Règles d'approvisionnement"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location"
msgstr "Un nouvel approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170
msgid ""
"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should "
"be fulfilled e.g.:"
msgstr "Les *règles d'approvisionnement* décrivent comment les approvisionnements pour des emplacements spécifiques doivent être réalisés, par ex. :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173
msgid "where the product should come from (source location)"
msgstr "d'où le produit doit provenir (emplacement source)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174
msgid ""
"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made "
"To Stock)`"
msgstr "si l'approvisionnement est :abbr:`MTO (Make To Order)` ou :abbr:`MTS (Make To Stock)`"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
msgid "Routes"
msgstr "Routes"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184
msgid ""
"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product "
"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, "
"sales order lines, warehouse,..."
msgstr "Les règles d'approvisionnement sont regroupées en routes. Les routes définissent les chemins que le produit doit suivre. Les routes peuvent être applicables ou non, selon les produits, les lignes de commande client, l'entrepôt, ..."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188
msgid ""
"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):"
msgstr "Pour réaliser un approvisionnement, le système recherchera des règles appartenant à des routes qui sont définis dans (par ordre de priorité) :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "Entrepôts"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194
msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship"
msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Entrepôt : Collecte → Emballage → Expédition"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196
msgid "Picking List:"
msgstr "Liste de Prélèvement :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197
msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone"
msgstr "Zone de Prélèvement → Zone d'Emballage"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198
msgid "Pack List:"
msgstr "Liste de Colisage :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199
msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A"
msgstr "Zone d'Emballage → Quai A"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
msgid "Delivery Order:"
msgstr "Ordre de Livraison :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
msgid "Gate A → Customer"
msgstr "Quai A → Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203
msgid ""
"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on "
"the warehouse."
msgstr "Les routes qui décrivent la manière dont vous organisez votre entrepôt doivent être définies sur l'entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
msgid "A Product"
msgstr "Un Article"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205
msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control"
msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Article : Contrôle Qualité"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217
msgid "Reception:"
msgstr "Réception :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218
msgid "Supplier → Input"
msgstr "Fournisseur → Entrée de Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209
msgid "Confirmation:"
msgstr "Confirmation :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210
msgid "Input → Quality Control"
msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
msgid "Storage:"
msgstr "Stockage :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
msgid "Quality Control → Stock"
msgstr "Contrôle Qualité → Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
msgid "Product Category"
msgstr "Une Catégorie d'Article"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215
msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock"
msgstr "Exemple de Route de Catégorie d'Article : transbordement"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219
msgid "Cross-Docks:"
msgstr "Transbordements :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220
msgid "Input → Output"
msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Sortie de Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
msgid "Delivery:"
msgstr "Livraison :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222
msgid "Output → Customer"
msgstr "Sortie de Stock → Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
msgid "Sale Order Line"
msgstr "Une Ligne de Commande Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224
msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping"
msgstr "Exemple de Route de Ligne de Commande Client : Livraison Directe"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
msgid "Order:"
msgstr "Commande :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
msgid "Supplier → Customer"
msgstr "Fournisseur → Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230
msgid "Push Rules"
msgstr "Règles de Flux Poussé"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232
msgid ""
"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They "
"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be"
" used depends on applicable routes."
msgstr "Les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque les articles entrent dans un emplacement spécifique. Ils déplacent automatiquement l'article à un nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle de flux poussé puisse être utilisée dépend des routes applicables."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88
msgid "Quality Control"
msgstr "Contrôle Qualité"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239
msgid "Product lands in Input"
msgstr "L'article arrive en Entrée de Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control"
msgstr "Flux poussé 1 : Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241
msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock"
msgstr "Flux poussé 2 : Contrôle Qualité → Stock"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
msgid "Warehouse Transit"
msgstr "Passage en Entrepôt"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243
msgid "Product lands in Transit"
msgstr "L'article arrive en Transit"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2"
msgstr "Flux poussé : Transit → Entrepôt 2"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247
msgid "Procurement Groups"
msgstr "Groupes d'Approvisionnement"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249
msgid ""
"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is "
"provided:"
msgstr "Les routes et les règles définissent des mouvement de stock. Pour chaque règle, un type de document est fourni :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252
msgid "Picking"
msgstr "Prélèvement"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253
msgid "Packing"
msgstr "Emballage"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254
msgid "Delivery Order"
msgstr "Ordre de Livraison"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255
msgid "Purchase Order"
msgstr "Commande Fournisseur"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258
msgid ""
"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group "
"and locations are the same."
msgstr "Les mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261
msgid ""
"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery "
"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on "
"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products "
"together)"
msgstr "Une commande client crée un groupe d'approvisionnement, de sorte que les prélèvements et les ordres de livraison de la même commande sont regroupés. Mais vous pouvez aussi définir des groupes spécifiques sur les règles de réapprovisionnement (par ex. pour regrouper des achats d'articles spécifiques ensemble)."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3
msgid "Terminologies"
msgstr "Terminologies"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. "
"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a "
"repository."
msgstr "**Entrepôt** : Un entrepôt dans Odoo est un endroit où vous stockez des produits. C'est soit un entrepôt physique, soit un entrepôt virtuel. Ça peut être un magasin ou un dépôt."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a "
"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has "
"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc."
msgstr "**Emplacement**: Les emplacements sont utilisés pour structurer les zones de stockage dans un entrepôt. En plus des emplacements internes (votre entrepôt), Odoo a des emplacements pour les fournisseurs, les clients, les pertes d'inventaire, etc."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14
msgid ""
"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or "
"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of "
"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or "
"procurements."
msgstr "**Lots**: Les lots sont des ensembles de produits identifiés avec un code à barres ou un numéro de série uniques. Tous les éléments d'un lot sont de la même produit. (par ex. un ensemble de 24 bouteilles) Habituellement, les lots proviennent de la fabrication de lots de commande, ou d'approvisionnements."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19
msgid ""
"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific "
"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique"
" item."
msgstr "**Numéro de série**: Un numéro de série est un identifiant unique d'un produit spécifique. Techniquement, les numéros de série reviennent à avoir un lot de 1 pièce unique."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23
msgid ""
"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. "
"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category"
" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio."
msgstr "**Unité de mesure**: Définit comment la quantité de produits est exprimée. Mètres, Livres, Paquet de 24, Kilogrammes,... Les unités de mesure de la même catégorie (ex: taille) peuvent être converties les unes vers les autres (m, cm, mm) en utilisant un rapport fixe."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory "
"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and "
"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have "
"enough stock."
msgstr "**Consommable**: Un produit pour lequel vous ne souhaitez pas gérer le niveau de stock (pas de quantité en stock ou prévue), mais que vous pouvez recevoir et livrer. Lorsque ce produit est nécessaire, Odoo suppose que vous en avez toujours assez en stock."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33
msgid ""
"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level."
msgstr "**Stockable**: Un produit pour lequel vous souhaitez gérer le niveau des stocks."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial"
" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks."
msgstr "**Paquet**: Un paquet contient plusieurs produits (identifiés par leur numéro de série/lots ou pas). Exemple: une boîte contenant des couteaux et des fourchettes."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40
msgid ""
"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of "
"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by "
"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. "
"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered "
"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a "
"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)."
msgstr "**Approvisionnement**: Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une quantité spécifique de produits à un endroit précis. Les approvisionnements sont automatiquement déclenchés par d'autres documents : Commandes Clients, Règles de Stock Minimum et Règles d'Approvisionnement. Vous pouvez déclencher l'approvisionnement manuellement. Lorsque les approvisionnements sont déclenchés automatiquement, vous devez toujours être attentif aux exceptions (par exemple, un produit doit être acheté auprès d'un fournisseur, mais aucun fournisseur n'est défini)."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48
msgid ""
"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be "
"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…"
" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order."
msgstr "**Routes**: Les routes définissent les chemins que l'article doit suivre. Les routes s'appliquent ou non, selon les articles, les commandes client, l'entrepôt,... Pour réaliser à un approvisionnement, le système recherchera des règles appartenant à des routes qui sont définies dans l'article et/ou la commande concernés."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54
msgid ""
"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. "
"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule "
"can be used depends on applicable routes."
msgstr "**Règles de flux poussé** : les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque les articles entrent dans un emplacement spécifique. Elles déplacent automatiquement l'article vers un nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle de flux poussé soit utilisée dépend des routes applicables."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how "
"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the "
"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO "
"or MTS,..."
msgstr "**Règles d'Approvisionnement** or **Règles de Flux Tiré**: les Règles d'Approvisionnement décrivent comment les approvisionnements d'emplacements spécifiques doivent être réalisés. Par ex. : d'où un produit doit provenir (emplacement source),  si l'approvisionnement est MTO ou MTS,..."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63
msgid ""
"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every "
"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, "
"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their "
"procurement group and locations are the same."
msgstr "**Groupe d'Approvisionnement**: les Routes et les règles définissent les mouvements de stocks. Pour chaque règle, un type de document est fourni : Prélèvement, Colisage, Ordre de livraison, Commande Fournisseur, ... Les mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69
msgid ""
"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials "
"between locations."
msgstr "**Mouvements de Stock** : les Mouvements de Stock représentent le transfert de marchandise ou de matériels entre emplacements."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently "
"in a warehouse or location."
msgstr "**Quantité En Inventaire** : la quantité d'un article spécifique qui est actuellement dans un entrepôt ou un emplacement."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a "
"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - "
"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured "
"units."
msgstr "**Quantité Prévisionnelle** : la quantité d'articles que vous pouvez vendre, pour un entrepôt ou un emplacement spécifique. Elle est définie comme la Quantité en Inventaire - les Futures Livraisons Sortantes + les Futures Livraisons Entrantes + les Futures Unités Fabriquées."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80
msgid ""
"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically "
"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a "
"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the"
" minimum stock rule."
msgstr "**Règles de Réapprovisionnement** : elle définit les conditions pour qu'Odoo déclenche automatiquement une requête d'approvisionnement (achat à un fournisseur ou lancement d'un ordre de fabrication). Elle est déclenchée lorsque la quantité prévisionnelle atteint la règle de stock minimum."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85
msgid ""
"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading "
"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading "
"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with "
"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to "
"packing zone)"
msgstr "**Transborder**: le transbordement est une pratique logistique, de déchargement de matériels à partir d'un camion ou wagon entrant, suivi du chargement directement dans les camions ou wagons sortants, sans stockage entre les deux (directement de la zone d'entrée à la zone d'emballage)."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to "
"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual"
" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the "
"customer, without passing through your own warehouse."
msgstr "**Livraison Directe** : transfère les articles directement du fournisseur/fabricant au client (qui peut être un détaillant ou un consommateur) sans passer par les canaux de distribution habituels. Les produits sont envoyés directement du fournisseur au client, sans passer par votre propre entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97
msgid ""
"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick "
"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."
msgstr "**Stratégies d'Enlèvement** : la stratégie à utiliser pour choisir quel produit prélever pour une opération spécifique. Exemple : FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100
msgid ""
"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a "
"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables "
"goes in rack 3, storage A)"
msgstr "**Stratégies d'Entrée en Stock** : la stratégie à utiliser pour décider à quel endroit chaque article doit être rangé à son arrivée. (exemple: les câbles vont dans le rack 3, stockage A)"

#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes"
" it from the stock."
msgstr "**Mise au rebut** : Un article cassé ou obsolète. La mise au rebut d'un article le supprime du stock."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3
msgid "Process Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3
msgid "From procurement to delivery"
msgstr "De l'approvisionnement à la livraison"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8
msgid ""
"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but "
"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show"
" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the"
" delivery."
msgstr "La gestion du stock est le cœur de votre entreprise. Ça peut être parfois compliqué, mais avec Odoo, faire une réception ou une livraison n'a jamais été aussi facile. Nous allons vous montrer dans ce document comment faire facilement un cycle complet, de la réception à la livraison."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13
msgid ""
"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as "
"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those "
"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, "
"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications."
msgstr "La Gestion du stock dans Odoo est entièrement interfacée avec les autres applications, comme les **Achats** ou les **Ventes**. Mais pas seulement, car elle est également entièrement interfacée avec les applications de **eCommerce **, de **Fabrication** et de **Maintenance**."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19
msgid "How to process a receipt ?"
msgstr "Comment traiter une réception ?"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22
msgid "Install Purchase application"
msgstr "Installez l'application de Gestion des achats"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go "
"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
msgstr "Tout d'abord, vous devrez Installer l'application de **Gestion des achats**. Allez dans **Applications** et installez-la."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31
msgid "Make a purchase order"
msgstr "Passez une commande fournisseur"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33
msgid ""
"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for "
"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button."
msgstr "Allez dans l'application **Achats**. Le premier écran est la liste **Demande de Prix**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36
msgid ""
"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some "
"products to your request for quotation."
msgstr "Complétez les informations **Fournisseur** puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre demande de prix."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42
msgid ""
"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and "
"quantity."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Confirmer la commande** quand vous êtes sûr des articles, des prix et des quantités."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46
msgid "Retrieve the Receipt"
msgstr "Récupérez la réception"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48
msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de réception de 2 façons :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51
msgid "From the purchase order"
msgstr "Depuis la commande fournisseur"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the "
"related **Receipt**:"
msgstr "En haut à droite de votre commande fournisseur, vous trouverez un bouton avec la **Réception** concernée :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136
msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**."
msgstr "Cliquez dessus pour voir l'**Ordre de Transfert**."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139
msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard"
msgstr "Depuis le Tableau de bord de la Gestion de l'inventaire"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64
msgid ""
"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see"
" the list of your deliveries to process."
msgstr "A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur **# à recevoir** pour voir la liste des réceptions à traiter."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70
msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:"
msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande fournisseur :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76
msgid "Process the Receipt"
msgstr "Traitez la Réception"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162
msgid ""
"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the "
"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole "
"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**."
msgstr "Pour traiter le transfert de stock, cliquez simplement sur **Valider** pour terminer le transfert. Un message apparaîtra, vous demandant si vous souhaitez traiter l'ensemble de la commande, acceptez-le en cliquant sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86
msgid ""
"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document "
":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more "
"information."
msgstr "Les approvisionnements peuvent être automatisés.  Pour plus d'informations, lisez notre documentation :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91
msgid "How to process a delivery order ?"
msgstr "Comment traiter un ordre de livraison ?"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94
msgid "Install Sales application"
msgstr "Installez l'application de Ventes"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96
msgid ""
"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to "
":menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
msgstr "Tout d'abord, vous devrez installer l'application **Gestion des ventes**. Aller à :menuselection:`Applications` et installez-la."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103
msgid "Place a sale order"
msgstr "Passez une Commande Client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105
msgid ""
"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your"
" team."
msgstr "Allez dans l'application de **Ventes**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Devis** de votre équipe."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111
msgid ""
"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** "
"button."
msgstr "Vous obtiendrez la liste de tous vos devis. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114
msgid ""
"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add "
"some products to your quotation."
msgstr "Complétez les informations **Client**, puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre devis."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120
msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Confirmer la vente** pour passer la commande."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123
msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order"
msgstr "Récupérez l'ordre de Livraison"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125
msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:"
msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de livraison de 2 façons :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128
msgid "From the sale order"
msgstr "Depuis la commande client"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130
msgid ""
"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related "
"**Delivery**:"
msgstr "En haut à droite de votre commande client, vous trouverez un bouton avec la **Livraison** concernée :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141
msgid ""
"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the "
"list of your receipts to process."
msgstr "A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur **# à faire** pour voir la liste des livraisons à traiter."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147
msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:"
msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande client :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153
msgid ""
"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**"
" on your dashboard."
msgstr "Si l'article n'est pas en stock, la commande client sera **En attente** sur votre tableau de bord."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157
msgid "Process the delivery"
msgstr "Traiter la livraison"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167
msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way."
msgstr "Les commandes de eCommerce sont traitées de la même façon."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170
msgid ""
"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery "
"methods. Please read the document "
":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."
msgstr "Vous pouvez facilement intégrer vos ordres de livraison avec différentes méthodes de livraison. Lisez le document :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175
msgid "Advanced flows"
msgstr "Flux avancés"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177
msgid ""
"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. "
"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management."
msgstr "Dans ce document, seuls les flux plus simples sont expliqués. Odoo convient aussi aux entreprises ayant une gestion d'entrepôt avancé."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180
msgid ""
"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can "
"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal "
"transfers**."
msgstr "Par défaut, seules les **réceptions** et les **livraisons** sont configurées, mais vous pouvez activer l'utilisation multi-emplacements et multi-entrepôts, et faire ainsi des **transferts internes**."

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184
msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules"
msgstr "**Routes** : vous pouvez automatiser les flux avec des règles de flux poussés et tirés"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186
msgid ""
"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each "
"warehouse"
msgstr "Des réceptions et des livraisons **Multi-étapes** peuvent être facilement configurées"

#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189
msgid ""
"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-"
"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, "
"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo."
msgstr "Encore plus de fonctionnalités : **Lecture de Codes à Barres**, **Numéros de Série**, **Lots**, **Transbordement**, **Livraison Directe**, interface avec un transporteur **tiers**, stratégies de **Rangement en rayon** et d'**Enlèvement**... Tout cela est possible avec Odoo."

#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Commencer"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3
msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?"
msgstr "Comment configurer l'inventaire dans Odoo ?"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should "
"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the "
"different screens you need."
msgstr "L'application de Gestion de l'inventaire d'Odoo dispose d'un guide de mise en œuvre que vous devriez suivre pour la configurer. C'est un manuel pas à pas, avec des liens vers les différents écrans dont vous avez besoin."

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9
msgid ""
"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-"
"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide."
msgstr "Une fois que vous avez installé l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur la barre de progression en haut à droite pour accéder au guide de mise en œuvre."

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15
msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:"
msgstr "Le guide de mise en œuvre vous aide avec les étapes suivantes :"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
msgid "Setup your warehouse"
msgstr "Configurez votre entrepôt"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
msgid "Import your vendors"
msgstr "Importez vos fournisseurs"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21
msgid "Import your products"
msgstr "Importez vos articles"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
msgid "Make the initial inventory"
msgstr "Faire l'inventaire initial"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
msgstr "Configurez vos flux de ventes et d'achats"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27
msgid "Set-up replenishment mechanisms"
msgstr "Définissez les mécanismes de réapprovisionnement"

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29
msgid ""
"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory"
" valuation."
msgstr "Configurez les fonctionnalités avancées comme l'emballage, la traçabilité, les routes et la valorisation des stocks."

#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you"
" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the"
" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure "
"and use your scanner optimally."
msgstr "Si, dans votre entrepôt, vous voulez gérer les opérations avec des lecteurs de codes à barres, vous devez installer l'application **Codes à Barres**, qui ajoute des fonctionnalités à l'application de Gestion de l'inventaire. L'application de codes à barres vous guidera pour configurer et d'utiliser votre scanner de manière optimale."

#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Routes"
msgstr "Routages Avancés"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3
msgid "Concepts"
msgstr "Concepts"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?"
msgstr "Comment organiser un transbordement dans votre entrepôt ?"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product "
"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This"
" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We "
"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place "
"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross "
"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post"
"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
msgid "Warehouse and routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings"
" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of"
" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33
msgid ""
"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`,"
" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41
msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "then click on **Save**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
msgid ""
"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52
msgid "Cross Docking Route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54
msgid ""
"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route "
"for the remaining part:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60
msgid ""
"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is "
"created as an internal physical location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67
msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73
msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79
msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`"
msgstr ":menuselection:`Sortie de Stock --> Client`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82
msgid "Product with cross dock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84
msgid ""
"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created"
" above as well as the **Buy** route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87
msgid ""
"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed "
"for replenishment of a stockable product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95
msgid ":doc:`use_routes`"
msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96
msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
msgstr "Comment faire des transferts inter-entrepôts ?"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one "
"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory "
"application in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
msgid ""
"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory "
"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22
msgid ""
"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations "
"and routes in your warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9
msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28
msgid ""
"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application "
"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
"**Create**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33
msgid ""
"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 "
"characters maximum."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41
msgid ""
"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on "
"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use"
" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have "
"been generated for your new warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
msgid "Creating a new inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical "
"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not"
" you can skip this step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control "
"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking "
"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
"select the right warehouse and location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
msgid ""
"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be"
" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the "
"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can "
"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales "
"orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76
msgid ""
"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of "
"all yours product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82
msgid ""
"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2"
" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, "
"proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86
msgid ""
"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two "
"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More  --> Transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92
msgid ""
"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location "
"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone "
"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96
msgid ""
"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and "
"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
msgid ""
"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104
msgid ""
"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting "
"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of "
"products in your source warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110
msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115
msgid "Select the right transfer order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120
msgid ""
"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to "
"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually "
"indicate how much products you process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129
msgid ""
"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the "
"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will "
"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder "
"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a "
"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3
msgid "What is a procurement rule?"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle d'approvisionnement ?"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8
msgid ""
"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. "
"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's"
" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of "
"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the "
"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the "
"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, "
"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves"
" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer "
"dissatisfaction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18
msgid ""
"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal"
" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, "
"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste "
"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs "
"of storing goods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27
msgid ""
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory "
"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products "
"using rules\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
msgid "Procurement rules settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
msgid ""
"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, "
"go to Configuration > Routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40
msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
"possibles :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
msgid "Move from another location rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
msgid ""
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
msgid ""
"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger "
"manufacturing rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60
msgid ""
"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68
msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
msgid ""
"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
"defined."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3
msgid "What is a push rule?"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle de flux poussé ?"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8
msgid ""
"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to"
" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will "
"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. "
"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand "
"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push "
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
msgid ""
"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon"
" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained "
"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow "
"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can "
"be triggered automatically or manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31
msgid ""
"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using"
" rules**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39
msgid "Push rules settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41
msgid ""
"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
"--> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44
msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good "
"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In "
"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the "
"quality control location move to the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59
msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
msgid ""
"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66
msgid "Stock transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
msgid ""
"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
"waiting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72
msgid ""
"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78
msgid ""
"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
" the main stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
msgid "How to use routes?"
msgstr "Comment utiliser des routages ?"

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8
msgid ""
"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage"
" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13
msgid "Manage default locations per product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15
msgid ""
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
msgid ""
"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24
msgid ""
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** "
"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance "
"routing of products using rules**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`."
msgstr "Dans l'application Inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts`."

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39
msgid ""
"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and "
"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
msgid ""
"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You "
"can combine several choices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58
msgid "Routes applied on warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be"
" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that "
"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68
msgid "Routes applied on products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70
msgid ""
"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will "
"be applied."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76
msgid ""
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
" select the route(s):"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86
msgid ""
"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which "
"categories it will be applied."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92
msgid ""
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)"
" under the **Logistics** section :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
msgid ""
"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every "
"time you make a sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
msgid ""
"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on"
" the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111
msgid ""
"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118
msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
msgid "Procurement and push rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
msgid "Please refer to the documents:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133
msgid "Procurement configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
msgid ""
"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. "
"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on "
"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to "
"**Preferred Routes**:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
msgid "Make-to-Order Route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146
msgid ""
"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use "
"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or "
"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the "
"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3
msgid "Product Costing"
msgstr "Coûts des Articles"

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
msgstr "Comment intégrer les coûts à l'arrivée dans le coût des articles ?"

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
msgid ""
"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
"impact on company profits."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
msgid "Applications configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
msgid "Landed Cost Types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
msgid ""
"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52
msgid ""
"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
"on the product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59
msgid ""
"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
"Control --> Landed Costs`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
"attribute landed costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
"easier to keep track your postings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75
msgid ""
"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
"across the picking lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81
msgid ""
"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
msgstr "Stratégies de rangement et de suppression"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
msgid "What is a putaway strategy?"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie d'entrée ?"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
msgid ""
"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking "
"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most "
"appropriate location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to"
" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because "
"of a potential chemical reaction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17
msgid ""
"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but "
"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the "
"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product "
"level)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check "
"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products"
" using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
msgid "Setting up a strategy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
msgid ""
"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
msgid ""
"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain "
"product quality."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
msgid ""
"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub "
"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
msgid ""
"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a "
"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away "
"Strategy**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
msgid ""
"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a "
"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the "
"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59
msgid ""
"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61
msgid ""
"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will "
"automatically be transferred to the correct location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
msgid ""
"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
"Control --> Current Inventory`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
msgid "There you can see current inventory by location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
msgid ""
"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
msgid ""
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
"on the **location**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
msgid ""
"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
"**Apply**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
msgid ""
"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
msgid "Types of removal strategy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
msgid ""
"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
msgid ""
"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
msgid ""
"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
"shelf life."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
msgid ""
"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
" ``WH/Stock`` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
msgid ""
"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
" according to their expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
" to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
msgid ""
"It will allow you to set **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert"
" date** and **removal date** on the serial number. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
msgid ""
"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this serial "
"number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
msgid ""
"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial "
"number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial "
"Number should be removed from the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:128
msgid ""
"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be notified about "
"the goods with this serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
msgid ""
"Products will pick first with expiry date (removal date), So you have to set"
" removal date on lot/serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:134
msgid ""
"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
msgid ""
"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
"expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:147
msgid "LOT0001"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:147
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "Ice Cream"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:147
msgid "08/20/2015"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
msgid "08/10/2015"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "LOT0003"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "08/15/2015"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
msgid ""
"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:156
msgid ""
"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
"removal strategy **FEFO**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
msgid ""
"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
" the removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:167
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"

#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:168
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"

#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuration"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Articles"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3
msgid "How to use packages?"
msgstr "Comment utiliser des emballages ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31
msgid ""
"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
"product."
msgstr "L'emballage est le conteneur physique dans lequel vous mettez un ou plusieurs articles."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11
msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it."
msgstr "Par défaut, Odoo ne les gère pas."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13
msgid ""
"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several "
"packages when doing your transfers."
msgstr "Une fois l'option activée, vous pourrez gérer un ou plusieurs emballages quand vous réaliserez vos transferts."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19
msgid ""
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr "Pour configurer l'utilisation d'emballages, allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Localisez la section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les emballages à utiliser au colisage : palettes, boîtes,...**"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** quand vous avez terminé."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30
msgid "Pack products"
msgstr "Emballez des articles"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32
msgid ""
"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses "
"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)."
msgstr "L'emballage des articles est habituellement réalisé lors des transferts en entrepôt (à la réception, internes ou à la livraison)."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35
msgid ""
"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be "
"**Available**."
msgstr "Pour pouvoir emballer des articles , votre transfert doit être à l'état **Disponible**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple "
"packages."
msgstr "Dans l'onglet Opérations,ouvez mettre vos articles dans un ou plusieurs emballages."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
msgid ""
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
msgstr "Choisissez la quantité que vous voulez mettre dans le premier emballage dans la colonne **Terminé**, puis cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter au colis**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
msgstr "Cela créera automatiquement un colis avec la quantité demandée."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
msgstr "Répétez les mêmes étapes pour les autres article que vous voulez emballer."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
msgstr "Cliquez sur Valider lorsque vous avez terminé."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60
msgid "Whole packages transfers"
msgstr "Transferts de colis entriers"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to "
"transfer packages with its contents."
msgstr "Si vous utilisez plusieurs emplacements et/ou entrepôts, il est possible de transférer des colis et leur contenu."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68
msgid ""
"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving "
"packs**:"
msgstr "Vous devez configurer le **Type d'opération** pour permettre les déplacements de paquets. Aller à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'opérations`. Cochez **Autoriser les déplacements de paquets**:"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75
msgid "Transfer packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77
msgid ""
"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, "
"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial "
"Demand** tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84
msgid ""
"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**"
" section."
msgstr "Dans l'onglet Opérations, cliquez sur **Ajouter un élément** dans la section **Paquet à déplacer**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87
msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :"
msgstr "Cochez la case **Terminé** pour confirmer le déplacement du paquet :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92
msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**."
msgstr "Une fois terminé, cliquez sur **Valider**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95
msgid "Packages traceability"
msgstr "Traçabilité des paquets"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97
msgid ""
"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Control --> Packages`."
msgstr "Pour tracer un colis ou vérifier son contenu, allez à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Colis`."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103
msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Transferts de paquets** pour voir tous ses mouvements."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107
msgid ":doc:`usage`"
msgstr ":doc:`usage`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
msgstr ":doc:`uom`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
msgstr "Comment utiliser différentes unités de mesure ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
"you will need to convert the units."
msgstr "Dans certains cas, la gestion d'articles avec différentes unités de mesure est nécessaire. Par exemple, si vous achetez des produits dans un pays qui utilise le système métrique, et les vendez dans un pays qui utilise le système impérial, vous aurez besoin de convertir les unités."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
msgstr "Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour travailler avec différentes unités de mesure pour un article."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be "
"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on "
"**Apply**."
msgstr "Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section **Articles**, sélectionnez **Certains articles peuvent être vendus/achetés avec différentes unités de mesure (avancé)**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27
msgid "Setting up units on your products"
msgstr "Définnissez des unités sur vos articles"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"**Edit**."
msgstr "Dans :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Articles`, ouvrez l'article dont vous souhaitez modifier l'unité de mesure d'achat/de vente, et cliquez sur **Modifier**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product "
"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done."
msgstr "Dans le champ **Unité de mesure**, sélectionnez l'unité dans laquelle le produit sera vendu et dans laquelle les transferts internes seront faits."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35
msgid ""
"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you "
"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**."
msgstr "Dans le champ **Unité de mesure d'achat**, sélectionnez l'unité dans laquelle vous achetez l'article. Quand vous avez terminé, cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42
msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46
msgid "Transfer from one unit to another"
msgstr "Convertissez d'une unité à une autre"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48
msgid ""
"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo."
msgstr "Lors de la conversion entre unités, l'arrondi est fait automatiquement par Odoo."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51
msgid ""
"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only "
"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category."
msgstr "L'unité de mesure peut être changée à tout moment. La seule condition est que l'unité de mesure fasse partie de la même catégorie."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54
msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :"
msgstr "Dans cet exemple, dans le commerce des œufs :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)"
msgstr "Nous achetons des œufs par plateaux (30 œufs)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58
msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)"
msgstr "Nous vérifions tous les œufs individuellement à la réception (contrôle qualité)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60
msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers"
msgstr "Nous vendons les œufs à la douzaine aux clients"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The "
"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**."
msgstr "Le **Prix de vente** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure de l'article**. Le **Prix d'achat** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure d'achat**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70
msgid ""
"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**."
msgstr "Tous les transferts internes sont exprimés en **Unité de mesure de l'article**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74
msgid "Procurement"
msgstr "Approvisionnement"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76
msgid ""
"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of "
"measure."
msgstr "Quand vous faites votre demande d'approvisionnement, vous pouvez encore modifier l'unité de mesure."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82
msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :"
msgstr "L'unité de mesure peut également être modifiée dans la commande fournisseur :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90
msgid "The quality control is done by unit."
msgstr "Le contrôle qualité est réalisé à l'unité."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92
msgid ""
"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality "
"check is done by unit."
msgstr "L'unité de mesure de base de notre produit est l'**Unité**. Par conséquent, le contrôle qualité se fait à l'unité."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99
msgid ""
"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is "
"**Draft**."
msgstr "L'unité de mesure ne peut être changée que lorsque le transfert est à l'état **Brouillon**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
msgid "Delivery process"
msgstr "Processus de livraison"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105
msgid ""
"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the "
"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from"
" the unit to the dozen."
msgstr "Les œufs sont vendus à la douzaine. Vous pouvez choisir l'unité de mesure sur le document de la commande client. En faisant cela, le prix est automatiquement calculé à partir de l'unité vers la douzaine."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112
msgid ""
"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of"
" measure :"
msgstr "Dans l'ordre de livraison, la demande initiale est effectuée dans l'unité de mesure de la commande client :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118
msgid ""
"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is "
"converted automatically :"
msgstr "Mais le transfert est effectué dans l'unité de mesure de l'article. Tout est automatiquement converti :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr "Quand utiliser des emballages, des unités de mesure ou des kits ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6
msgid "Unit of measures"
msgstr "Unités de mesure"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8
msgid ""
"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product."
" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once."
msgstr "Les unités de mesures sont une indication sur l'unité utilisée pour gérer un article. Les articles peuvent être décrits dans plusieurs unités de mesure."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11
msgid ""
"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse."
msgstr "Activez cette option si vous utilisez plusieurs unités de mesure dans votre entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14
msgid ""
"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your"
" warehouse."
msgstr "L'unité de mesure d'achat peut être différente de celle que vous utilisez dans votre entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17
msgid ""
"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different."
msgstr "L'unité de mesure de vente est définie sur la commande client, et peut être différente."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24
msgid ""
"The conversion between the different units of measures is done "
"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
msgstr "La conversion entre les différentes unités de mesure est faite automatiquement. La seule condition est que toutes les unités soient dans la même catégorie (Unité, Poids, Volume, Longueur,...)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Emballages"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40
msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product."
msgstr "L'emballage est le conteneur physique qui protège votre produit."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the "
"notice and the power plug."
msgstr "Si vous vendez des ordinateurs, l'emballage contient l'ordinateur, la notice et le câble d'alimentation."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45
msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose."
msgstr "Dans Odoo, les emballages ne sont utilisées qu'à titre indicatif."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51
msgid ""
"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is "
"only for indicative purpose."
msgstr "Dans les **Colis*, vous pouvez définir quel **Emballage** est utilisé. Mais c'est seulement à titre indicatif."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55
msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?"
msgstr "Quand utiliser des colis, des emballages ou des unités de mesure ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57
msgid ""
"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs "
"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit"
" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``."
msgstr "Par exemple, supposons que vous vendez des œufs. Dans votre entrepôt, vous gérez les œufs individuellement. De nombreux œufs sont mis au rebut et vous le faites œuf par œuf. L'**unité de mesure** est l'`` Unité``."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61
msgid ""
"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the"
" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order."
msgstr "Si vous vendez des œufs à la douzaine, l'**unité de mesure** de vente est la ``Douzaine``. Vous le définirez sur votre commande client."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64
msgid ""
"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the "
"**packaging**."
msgstr "Le ``plateau en carton`` qui contient la douzaine d'œufs est l'**emballage**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66
msgid ""
"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a "
"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**."
msgstr "Lorsque vous vendez plusieurs plateaux, vous pouvez rassembler tous les plateaux dans une ``boite`` ou dans un emballage en ``plastique``. C'est le **colis**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72
msgid ":doc:`packages`"
msgstr ":doc:`packages`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Using product variants"
msgstr "Utilisation de variantes d'articles"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, "
"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level "
"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)."
msgstr "Les variantes d'article sont utilisées pour gérer les produits ayant différentes variations, comme la taille, la couleur, etc. Il permet de gérer l'article au niveau du modèle (pour toutes les variantes) et au niveau de la variante (attributs spécifiques)."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10
msgid ""
"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:"
msgstr "A titre d'exemple, une entreprise qui vend des t-shirts peut avoir l'article suivant :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13
msgid "B&C T-shirt"
msgstr "B&C T-shirt"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15
msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
msgstr "Tailles : S, M, L, XL, XXL"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16
msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black"
msgstr "Couleurs : Bleu, Rouge, Blanc, Noir"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18
msgid ""
"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C "
"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**."
msgstr "Dans cet exemple, **B&C T-Shirt** est le modèle d'article, et **B&C T-Shirt, S, Bleu** est une variante. La taille et la couleur sont des **attributs**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22
msgid ""
"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)."
" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc."
msgstr "L'exemple ci-dessus a un total de 20 articles différents (5 tailles x 4 couleurs). Chacun de ces articles a son propre stock, ses propres ventes, etc..."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26
msgid "Impact of variants"
msgstr "Impact des variantes"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the "
"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU."
msgstr "**Code à barres**: le code et le code à barres est associé à la variante, pas au modèle. Chaque variante peut avoir son propre code à barres / UGS."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed "
"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant "
"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on "
"the template or the variant."
msgstr "**Prix**: chaque variante du produit a son propre prix public qui est calculée en fonction du prix du modèle (20€) avec un prix supplémentaire pour chaque variante (+3€ pour la couleur rouge). Cependant, vous pouvez définir des règles sur le tarif qui s'appliquent au modèle ou à la variante."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own "
"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For "
"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory "
"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by "
"variant)"
msgstr "**Inventaire**: le stock est géré par variante de produit. Vous ne possédez pas des t-shirts, vous possédez des \"T-shirts, S, Rouge\", ou des \"T-shirts, M, Bleu\". A titre d'information, sur la fiche du modèle d'article, est indiqué l'inventaire qui est la somme de toutes les variantes. (Mais l'inventaire réel est calculé par variante)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42
msgid ""
"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a "
"product may have its own primary picture."
msgstr "**Image**: l'image est liée à la variante, chaque variante d'un article peut avoir sa propre image."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45
msgid ""
"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. "
"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: "
"Income Account, Taxes)"
msgstr "**Autres champs**: la plupart des autres champs appartiennent au modèle d'article. Si vous les mettez à jour, cela met automatiquement à jour toutes les variantes (par ex. : compte de revenus, taxes)."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50
msgid "Should you use variants?"
msgstr "Devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53
msgid "When should you use variants?"
msgstr "Quand devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55
msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:"
msgstr "L'utilisation de variantes a les conséquences suivantes :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57
msgid ""
"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product "
"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he "
"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)"
msgstr "**eCommerce** : dans votre boutique en ligne, le client ne verra que les modèles d'article dans le catalogue. Une fois que le visiteur clique sur un tel article, il aura des options à choisir parmi les variantes (couleurs, tailles, ...)"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62
msgid ""
"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material"
" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. "
"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you"
" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are "
"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red."
msgstr "**Fabrication**: l'utilisation de variantes permet de définir une seule nomenclature par modèle d'article, et de légères variations pour certaines des variantes. Exemple: au lieu de créer une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt, Rouge, S\", vous créez une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt\" et vous ajoutez quelques lignes qui sont spécifiques à la dimension S, et d'autres spécifiques à la la couleur Rouge."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69
msgid ""
"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of "
"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of "
"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't"
" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create "
"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too."
msgstr "**Tarification**: le prix par défaut d'un article est calculé en utilisant le prix du modèle d'article, et en ajoutant le prix supplémentaire pour chaque attirbut de la variante. De cette façon, les prix des variantes sont plus faciles à maintenir puisque vous n'êtes pas obligé de définir le prix pour chaque variante. Il est toutefois aussi possible de créer des règles de tarif pour fixer le prix par variante."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77
msgid "When should you avoid using variants?"
msgstr "Quand devez-vous éviter d'utiliser des variantes ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79
msgid ""
"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You "
"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity "
"of managing lots of products that are similars."
msgstr "L'utilisation de variantes peut ajouter un niveau de complexité sur la façon dont vous utilisez Odoo. Vous ne devez envisager d'utiliser des variantes que pour réduire la complexité de la gestion des lots d'articles qui sont similaires."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83
msgid ""
"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you"
" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import "
"product templates and all their related variations."
msgstr "Par exemple, l'importation de votre liste d'articles pré-existants est plus complexe si vous utilisez des variantes. Vous ne pouvez pas juste importer une liste d'articles, vous devez importer les modèles d'articles et leur variantes."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87
msgid ""
"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that "
"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an "
"example, a company having these products:"
msgstr "En plus de cela, vous devez également sélectionner avec soin les caractéristiques que vous gérez en tant que modèles de d'articles distincts et ceux que vous gérez en variantes. A titre d'exemple, une entreprise ayant ces produits :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91
msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts"
msgstr "Qualité : T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110
msgid "Color: Red, Blue"
msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111
msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL"
msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97
msgid ""
"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of "
"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two "
"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or "
"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the "
"e-Commerce:"
msgstr "Dans une telle situation, vous pourriez créer 1 modèle avec trois dimensions de variantes (Qualité, Couleur, Taille). Mais il est plutôt recommandé de créer trois modèles de produits différents, car des T-shirts diffèrent fortement des polos ou des chemises, et les clients s'attendent à voir cela comme trois produits différents dans les boutiques de eCommerce:"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103
msgid "Product Template: T-shirt"
msgstr "Modèle d'article : T-shirt"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108
msgid "Product Template: Polos"
msgstr "Modèle d'article : Polos"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117
msgid "Activate the variant feature"
msgstr "Activer la fonctionnalité de variante"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119
msgid ""
"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product "
"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the "
"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products "
"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several "
"attributes**, then click on **Apply**."
msgstr "Avant de pouvoir utiliser des variantes d'articles, vous devez d'abord activer les variantes d'article dans les réglages. Pour ce faire, vous devez aller dans l'application de Ventes. Dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`, recherchez la ligne **Variantes d'articles**, et cochez l'option **Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs...**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129
msgid "Creating products with variants"
msgstr "Création d'articles avec des variantes"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131
msgid ""
"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules."
msgstr "Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes, puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles`. C'est également accessible à partir des applications Achats et Inventaire."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135
msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to."
msgstr "Maintenant, cliquez sur l'article auquel vous voulez ajouter des variantes."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in "
"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. "
"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on "
"**Create**."
msgstr "Sur la fiche article, un nouvel onglet appelé Variantes est présent. Le nombre écrit en violet en haut de la fiche est le nombre de variantes que l'article possède actuellement. Pour ajouter de nouvelles variantes, cliquez sur ce bouton \"# Variantes\". Dans la nouvelle fenêtre, cliquez sur **Créer**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142
msgid ""
"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of "
"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create "
"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…"
msgstr "Dans **Caractéristiques**, cliquez sur le menu déroulant et sélectionnez le type de la variante que vous souhaitez ajouter. Si la variante n'existe pas encore, vous pouvez la créer à la volée en cliquant sur Créer et modifier ..."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149
msgid ""
"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the "
"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the "
"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory."
msgstr "Dans la fenêtre Caractéristiques, le champ **Valeur** est la description de l'attribut tel que Vert, Plastique ou 32Go. Le champ **Attribut** est le type de variante, comme Couleur, Matériau ou Mémoire."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156
msgid ""
"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the "
"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on "
"**Save**."
msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter à la volée un coût pour la variante, dans le champ **Supplément pour cette caractéristique**, ou choisir de le modifier ultérieurement. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160
msgid ""
"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant."
msgstr "Vous pouvez également ajouter un code à barres et une référence interne différents à la variante."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163
msgid ""
"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on "
"**Save**."
msgstr "Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les spécifications de la variante, cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167
msgid "Managing Product Variants"
msgstr "Gestion des Variantes d'Article"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172
msgid ""
"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two "
"variant attributes :"
msgstr "Les exemples ci-dessous sont tous basés sur ce modèle d'article qui a deux variantes :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175
msgid "T-Shirt B&C"
msgstr "T-Shirt B&C"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177
msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White"
msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu, Blanc"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179
msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL, XXL"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182
msgid "Managing combination possibilities"
msgstr "Gestion des possibilités de combinaison"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184
msgid ""
"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products "
"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, "
"you can deactivate the white product variant."
msgstr "Par défaut, avec le modèle d'article ci-dessus, vous avez 15 articles différents (3 couleurs, 5 tailles). Si la taille XXL n'existe que pour des t-shirts rouges et bleus, vous pouvez désactiver la variante blanche."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188
msgid ""
"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt."
" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, "
"XXL."
msgstr "Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton **15 Variantes**, sélectionnez le T-shirt XXL, Rouge. Dans la fiche de l'article, décochez la case **Actif**. Faites de même pour l'article T-shirt XXL, Bleu."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197
msgid ""
"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0."
msgstr "Cette désactivation d'article est une chose différente que d'avoir un inventaire de 0."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200
msgid "Setting a price per variant"
msgstr "Définition d'un prix par variante"

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202
msgid ""
"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a "
"product."
msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter un coût à ajouter au prix principal pour certaines variantes d'un article."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205
msgid ""
"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the "
"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values."
msgstr "Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes, puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` et cliquez sur l'article que vous voulez modifier. Cliquez sur le bouton **Prix de la Variante** pour accéder à la liste des valeurs de variante."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213
msgid ""
"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields "
"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the "
"variant that will be added to the original price."
msgstr "Cliquez sur le nom de la variante à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter une valeur, pour rendre les 3 champs modifiables. Dans le champ **Supplément pour cette caractéristique**, ajoutez le coût de la variante qui sera ajouté au prix initial."

#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220
msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
msgstr "Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les valeurs supplémentaires, cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
"warehouses."
msgstr "Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment où vos articles sont stockés. Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts et créer des mouvements entre entrepôts."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
msgid ""
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
msgstr "Un **Emplacement** est un espace spécifique dans votre entrepôt. Il peut être considéré comme une sous-localisation de votre entrepôt, ça peut être une étagère, un plancher, une allée, etc... Par conséquent, un emplacement fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il est impossible de relier un emplacement à plusieurs entrepôts. Vous pouvez configurer autant d'emplacements que vous voulez dans un entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
msgstr "Il existe 3 types d'emplacements :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
msgid ""
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
msgstr "Les **Emplacements Physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font partie des entrepôts que vous possédez. Ça peut être les zones de chargement et de déchargement de votre entrepôt, une étagère, un service, etc..."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
msgid ""
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
msgstr "Les **Emplacements des Partenaires** sont des espaces dans l'entrepôt d'un client et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les Emplacements Physiques, la seule différence étant que vous n'êtes pas propriétaire de l'entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
msgid ""
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
msgstr "Les **Emplacements Virtuels** sont des lieux qui n'existent pas, mais dans lesquels les produits peuvent être placés quand ils ne sont pas encore (ou plus) physiquement dans un stock. Ils sont utilisés lorsque vous voulez placer des articles perdus hors de votre stock (dans la **Perte de stock**), ou lorsque vous voulez prendre en compte des articles qui sont sur le chemin de votre entrepôt (**Approvisionnement**) ."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
msgid ""
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
"organization of your warehouses."
msgstr "Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez organiser vos emplacements comme un arbre, avec des relations parent-enfant. Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse de vos opérations de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44
msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
msgid "How to create a new location?"
msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel emplacement ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9
msgid "Creating a new location"
msgstr "Création d'un nouvel emplacement"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to "
"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
"click on **Apply**."
msgstr "Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux emplacements, vous devez permettre au système de gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section **Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on "
"**Create**."
msgstr "Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements` Dans la fenêtre Emplacements, cliquez sur **Créer**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24
msgid ""
"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the"
" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, "
"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed"
" to a location."
msgstr "Saisissez le nom de l'emplacement dans le champ **Nom de l'emplacement**, et sélectionnez l'**Emplacement Parent** dans la liste. L'emplacement parent peut être un emplacement physique, un partenaire ou un emplacement virtuel, et vous pouvez ajouter autant de sous-emplacements que nécessaire dans un emplacement."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to"
" describe your location."
msgstr "Vous pouvez également remplir les champs **Information complémentaire** et ajouter une note pour décrire votre emplacement."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35
msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**."
msgstr "Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38
msgid ""
"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are "
"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, "
"containing all the sublocations in it."
msgstr "Un entrepôt correspond également à un emplacement. Comme les emplacements sont hiérarchiques, Odoo va créer l'emplacement parent entrepôt, contenant tous les sous-emplacements."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"
msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
msgid "How to create a new warehouse?"
msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel entrepôt ?"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to "
"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
"click on **apply**."
msgstr "Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux entrepôts, vous devez permettre au système de gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section **Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20
msgid ""
"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
"Warehouses`"
msgstr "Ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Entrepôts`"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22
msgid ""
"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 "
"fields :"
msgstr "Dans l'écran des entrepôts, cliquez sur **Créer**. Un nouvel écran apparaît, avec 3 champs :"

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25
msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse."
msgstr "Dans **Nom de l'entrepôt**, insérez le nom complet de l'entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27
msgid ""
"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. "
"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so "
"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter."
msgstr "Dans le champ **Nom court**, insérer un code à 5 caractères pour votre entrepôt. Gardez à l'esprit que ce code est celui qui apparaîtra dans les listes, alors assurez-vous de choisir un nom qui soit facile à comprendre et à saisir."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one "
"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the "
"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and "
"edit it afterwards."
msgstr "Dans le champ **Adresse**, vous pouvez sélectionner une entreprise existante ou en créer une à la volée. Ainsi, l'adresse de votre entrepôt sera la même que celle de la société que vous avez sélectionnée. Vous pouvez aussi laisser ce champ vide et le modifier ultérieurement."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40
msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder** pour terminer la configuration de votre nouvel entrepôt."

#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43
msgid ""
"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking "
"types and main child locations for this main location in the background."
msgstr "Lorsque vous créez un entrepôt, le système va autoamtiquement créer les types de prélèvement nécessaires et les principaux emplacements enfants pour cet emplacement principal."

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3
msgid "Shipping Operations"
msgstr "Opérations d'Expédition"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
msgid ""
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
msgid ""
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
msgid ""
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
msgid ""
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
msgid ""
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
msgid ""
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
"add a line to the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
msgstr ":doc:`labels`"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid "Company configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
msgid ""
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
msgid ""
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
"data**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid "Product configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
msgid ""
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
"computation cannot be done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
msgid ""
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
msgid ""
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
msgid ""
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
msgid ""
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même ordre de livraison ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
msgid ""
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid "Sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
msgid ""
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
"underneath:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3
msgid "Shipping Setup"
msgstr "Configurer de l'Expédition"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
msgstr "Comment configurer une méthode de livraison ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
"but also on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
msgid ""
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
"compute the real price and the packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
msgid "Install the inventory module"
msgstr "Installez le module inventaire"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
msgid ""
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
" order to see it :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
msgid ""
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
msgid ""
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
msgid ""
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
msgid "Delivery"
msgstr "Livraison"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
"chosen delivery method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid ""
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
"Rest of the world)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid ""
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24
msgid ""
"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as "
"given in the demo data:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26
msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur tiers ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ""
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
" shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid ""
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
"will appear on your ecommerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
"United States."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid ""
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
msgid ""
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
"method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
msgid ""
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
msgid ""
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr "Comment obtenir les informations d'identification UPS pour l'intégration avec Odoo ?"

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid ""
"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the"
" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
"Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
"online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid ""
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
"complete the registration process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid ""
"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)"
" using your UPS.com User ID and Password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47
msgid ""
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
"Details** section of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50
msgid ""
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
" States.q"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59
msgid ""
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid ""
"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page "
"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73
msgid ""
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
"contact."
msgstr ""
